Home

Polycom DVI-D - HDMI 3m

1. Key Name Key Code Key Code Parity 3 110011 33H Even 4 110100 34H Odd 5 110101 35H Even 6 110110 36H Even 7 110111 37H Odd 8 111000 38H Odd 9 111001 39H Even Auto 11001 19H Odd Call 100101 25H Odd Call Hang Up 11 03H Even Camera 11110 1EH Even Colon 101111 2FH Odd Delete 100010 22H Even Dial String 0 00H Even Directory 11010 1AH Odd Dot 100001 21H Even Down Arrow 110 06H Even Far 10001 11H Even Fast Forward 101011 2BH Even Feet Down 10110 16H Odd Feet Up 11000 18H Even Hang Up 100110 26H Odd Home 11011 1BH Even Info Help 10100 14H Even Keyboard 100011 23H Odd Left Arrow 1001 09H Even Low Battery 10111 17H Even Menu Back 10011 13H Odd Mute 111010 3AH Even Near 1111 OFH Even Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Polycom HDX 9000 Series Specifications Key Name Key Code Key Code Parity Option 101000 28H Even Pause 101101 2DH Even PIP 11101 1DH Even Play 101001 29H Odd Power 100111 27H Even Preset 11111 1FH Odd Record 101110 2EH Even Return 111 07H Odd Rewind 101100 2CH Odd Right Arrow 1010 OAH Even Slides Graphics 10010 12H Even Snapshot Snap 10101 15H Odd Stop 101010 2AH Odd Up Arrow 101 05H Even Volume Down 111100 3CH Even Volume Up 111011 3BH Odd Zoom In 1101 ODH Odd Zoom Out 1110 OEH Odd Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems
2. Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Option 2 e A HDCI Sony adapter cable on page HDCI Sony VISCA Adapter Cable on page 2 35 e B VGA cable e C VISCA cable 5 Polycom recommends this configuration when a custom cable length is required q B up to 100 ft AP q e T Up to 100 ft 1 10 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Room Integration PowerCam as the Main Camera up to 10 ft Away You can connect a PowerCam part number 2215 50370 001 to a Polycom HDX 9001 Polycom HDX 9002 or Polycom HDX 9004 system as the main camera up to 10 ft away using Option 1 e HDCI PowerCam Cable on page 2 30 1 00 00 00 g 000 cm EJ mm oom mm mm m E ote Option 2 e A PowerCam Primary Camera Cable on page 2 37 e B HDCI PowerCam Plus Adapter Cable on page 2 31 1 11 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 1 12 PowerCam as the Second Camera The following kits are available which include the power supply PowerCam Break Out cable 8 pin mini DIN to DB 9 cable and S Video cable 7230 22231 001 50 ft 7230 22232 001 100 ft You can connect a PowerCam part number 2215 50370 001 to a Polycom HDX 9001 Polycom HDX 9002 or Polycom HDX 9004 system as the second camera using
3. e camerainput Sets or gets the format for a video source Syntax camerainput lt 1 2 3 gt lt get s video composi te component gt camerainput lt 4 5 gt lt get dvi vga gt Parameter Description lt 1 5 gt Specifies the video source camerainput 5 is available only on the Polycom HDX 9004 get Returns the current setting s video Specifies that the video source is connected using S Video composite Specifies that the video source is connected using a composite connector component Specifies that the video source is connected using a component connector dvi Specifies that the video source is connected using DVI vga Specifies that the video source is connected using VGA Feedback Examples e Camerainput 1 composite returns camerainput 1 component e Camerainput 2 s video returns camerainput 2 s video e camerainput 2 get returns camerainput 2 s video e camerainput 3 dvi returns camerainput 3 dvi e camerainput 4 vga returns camerainput 4 vga 4 70 Polycom Inc chaircontrol Polycom Inc System Commands Sends various chair control commands while the system is in a multipoint call Syntax chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol chaircontrol end_conf hangup_term term_no list rel_chair lt register unregister gt req_chair req_floor
4. Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Room Integration PowerCam Plus as the Second Camera up to 10 ft Away You can connect a PowerCam Plus part number 2215 50200 001 to a Polycom HDX 9001 Polycom HDX 9002 or Polycom HDX 9004 system as the second camera up to 10 ft away using e A PowerCam Plus Primary Cable on page 2 29 e B HDCI PowerCam Plus Adapter Cable on page 2 31 e Power Supply part number 1465 52621 036 Automatic camera tracking is not available when using the PowerCam Plus camera with a Polycom HDX system cmo 000 cm s o men ENE E A oo ES ar 1 15 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Connecting Sony and ELMO Cameras 1 16 Refer to the release notes for a list of supported Pan Tilt Zoom PTZ cameras Sony or ELMO PTZ as the Main or Second Camera To connect a Sony or ELMO PTZ camera to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series system as the main or second camera You can connect a Sony or ELMO PTZ camera to a Polycom HDX system using e A HDCI Sony VISCA Adapter Cable on page 2 35 e B S Video Cable on page 2 14 e C Sony VISCA cable B up to 100 ft Polycom Inc Room Integration Sony BRC H700 PTZ To connect a Sony BRC H700 PTZ camera to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series system You can connect a Sony BRC H700 PTZ camera to
5. MINI DIN MALE 4 POS x2 25 FEET 2 Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 14 Polycom Inc Cables BNC to S Video Cable This cable connects S Video devices to a Polycom HDX system It is 4 pin male TS mini DIN to dual BNC male The maximum approved length for this cable is 100 ft 30 m Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 6 ft 1 8 m 2457 21489 200 Yes 1830410 ae 10 1 P2 Ojo 1 P3 OR SPIRAL SHIELD SPIRAL SHIELD Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 15 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems BNC to S Video Adapter q This adapter may be required
6. 0 e ee eee ee eee 2 53 Serial Cables a7 08b gasses ls 2 54 Straight Through Serial Cable 0 00 00 e ee eee eee 2 54 Null Modem Adapter 0 0 cece eee cee eee ee eens 2 56 vi Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Conten 3 Using the API Using the API with an RS 232 Interface o oooooocoooocooooomooo 3 1 Configuring the RS 232 Interface 6 cece eee 3 1 Starting an API Session via an RS 232 Interface 3 2 Using the API with the Department of Defense DoD Security Profile Enabled comba eae ee eee ta enn ees ie ake t 3 3 Using the API with a LAN Connection 00 60 e eee 3 3 Using the API Controller Code 0 0 eee eee 3 3 Additional API Resources 0 3 4 Technical Support Contact Information 00 00005 3 4 Feature Enhancement Request Web Site o oooo o ooooooo 3 4 Video Test Numbers o oooocccccccccccrrrr kiise 3 4 Knowledge Base 6 ckepes casal pelado iia as 3 4 A V Professionals Web Site 000 ccc cece eens 3 4 4 System Commands About the API Commands 0 0 cece cece eee eee 4 2 Syntax Conventions 0000 0 cee eee eens 4 2 Availability of Commands 0000 4 2 Command Response Syntax 0 00 4 3 Commands that Restart the System oooo o oooooccocccooo ooo 4 5 Additional TIPS siii eae biases aa race 4 5 A A RAN Da 4 7 able deprecated 1iiacsci
7. Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 17 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems HDMI Monitor Cable It is male DVI D to male HDMI This cable connects the Polycom HDX system DVI I output to an HDMI monitor Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 9 ft 10 in 3 m 2457 23905 001 Yes WIRING LIST CABLE TMOS Dato J t f3 mas Dato2 2 fr NS TMS Dato SHIELD 3 f e a Sa om EE poc Dara n e fef TMOS Datar f 9 fe TMOS Dotal f to fa TMDS Datal Shield n f5 5 vorts ts fis E3 5 Volts Ground 15 jn ts 6 fo es Hot Plug Detect TMOS Dotod f tr fa TMDS Dotod f ts fi TMDS Dato0 Shield 19 8 TMDS Clock Shield 22 un TMDS Clock f 23 fio TMS Clocks f ea fe TIP Shield sHELL sett Bc Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these ref
8. Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 25 ft 7 6 m 2457 09172 001 DB 9 FEMALE MOLD COLOR VIOLET DB 9 DB 9 FEMALE DB 9 FEMALE SOCKET MOLD COLOR dal FEMALE SOCKET VIEW VIEW Pe Ri FEET 2 Pe DRAIN WIRE Pl 2 54 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Wy Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no Cables responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application The DB 9 male connector on the Polycom HDX system has the following connections Pin Signal e Not used Rx Tx DTR tied to pin 6 DSR GND DSR tied to pin 4 DTR RTS CTS O 0 NI oJ a AJ Ww PY Not used Most devices which connect to the serial port to control the Polycom HDX system via the API only require pins 2 3 and 5 For more information and to verify the proper cabling refer to the documentation for your control system 2 55 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Null Modem Adapter Sh 2 56 This adapter is used when connecting a Polycom HDX system to a serial device that transmits on pin 3 such as Crestron Pro2 pro
9. location name SNMP location name Enclose the location name in quotation marks if it includes spaces Feedback Examples e snmplocation set returns snmplocation lt empty gt e snmplocation set Mary_Polycom in United States returns snmplocation Mary_Polycom in United States e snmplocation get returns snmplocation Mary_Polycom in United States Comments After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect 4 294 Polycom Inc snmpsystemdescription Sets or gets the SNMP system description Syntax snmpsystemdescription get snmpsystemdescription set system description System Commands Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the SNMP system description when followed by the system description parameter To erase the current setting omit the parameter system description SNMP system description Feedback Examples e snmpsystemdescription set returns snmpsystemdescription lt empty gt e snmpsystemdescription returns snmpsystemdescription e snmpsystemdescription get returns snmpsystemdescription Comments set videoconferencing system videoconferencing system videoconferencing system After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect Polycom Inc 4 295 Integrator s Reference M
10. email Alphanumeric string specifying the email address Feedback Examples e gmscontactemail get returns gmscontactemail lt empty gt e gmscontactemail set john_polycom polycom com returns gmscontactemail john_polycom polycom com e gmscontactemail get returns gmscontactemail john_polycom polycom com Polycom Inc 4 155 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gmscontactfax 4 156 Sets or gets the Global Management System contact fax information Syntax gmscontactfax get gmscontactfax set fax number Parameter Description get Returns the current contact fax information set Sets the Global Management System contact fax information when followed by the fax number parameter To erase the current setting omit fax number fax number Character string specifying the fax number Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example 408 555 2323 Feedback Examples e gmscontactfax get returns gmscontactfax lt empty gt e gmscontactfax set 408 555 2323 returns gmscontactfax 4085552323 e gmscontactfax get returns gmscontactfax 4085552323 Polycom Inc gmscontactnumber Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the Global Management System contact number information Syntax gmscon tactnumber get gmscontactnumber set number Parameter Description get Returns the cu
11. Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Allows users to change camera presets no Prevents users from changing camera presets Feedback Examples allowcamerapresetssetup no returns allowcamerapresetssetup no allowcamerapresetssetup yes returns allowcamerapresetssetup yes allowcamerapresetssetup get returns allowcamerapresetssetup yes 4 23 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems allowdialing Sets or gets the ability to dial out from the system Syntax allowdialing lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Allows users to place calls no Disables dialing so that the system can only receive calls Feedback Examples e allowdialing no returns allowdialing no e allowdialing yes returns allowdialing yes e allowdialing get returns allowdialing yes Comments allowdialing no removes the dialing field and marquee text from the Home screen See Also The ability to place calls is also controlled by the dialingdisplay command on page 4 97 4 24 Polycom Inc System Commands allowmixedcalls Sets or gets the ability to place and receive mixed protocol multipoint calls IP and ISDN It allows the administrator to disable this ability for security reasons Syntax allowmixedcalls lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting y
12. get Returns the current setting yes Enables the PVEC option no Disables the PVEC option Feedback Examples e enablepvec returns enablepvec e enablepvec returns enablepvec e enablepvec returns enablepvec Comments yes yes no no get no This option is enabled by default 4 119 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems enablersvp 4 120 Sets or gets the RSVP Resource Reservation Setup Protocol setting on the system which requests that routers reserve bandwidth along an IP connection path Syntax enablersvp lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the RSVP option no Disables the RSVP option Feedback Examples e enablersvp returns enablersvp e enablersvp returns enablersvp e enablersvp returns enablersvp Comments yes yes This option is enabled by default Polycom Inc enablesnmp Polycom Inc Sets or gets the SNMP configuration Syntax enablesnmp lt get yes no gt System Commands Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the SNMP option no Disables the SNMP option Feedback Examples e enablesnmp yes returns enablesnmp yes e enablesnmp no returns enablesnmp no e enablesnmp get returns enablesnmp no Comments After making a change you must restart the system
13. telephone number parameter To erase the current setting omit the parameter telephone_number System s telephone number Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example 408 555 2323 Feedback Examples e telenumber set returns telenumber lt empty gt e telenumber set 408 555 2323 returns telenumber 408 555 2323 e telenumber get returns telenumber 408 555 2323 Polycom Inc 4 307 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems telnetechoeol 4 308 Sets the echo end of line EOL characters to the default values of either the API echo or the serial port echo Syntax telnetechoeol lt get crn1 n1cr gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting for the end of line echo characters crn Sets the echo EOL characters to lt CR gt lt LF gt nicr Sets the echo EOL characters to lt LF gt lt CR gt Feedback Examples e telnetechoeol returns telnetechoeol e telnetechoeol returns telnetechoeo l e telnetechoeol returns telnetechoeo l get crn crn crn nicr nicr Polycom Inc System Commands timediffgmt Sets or gets the time difference from where the system is installed and Greenwich Mean Time GMT This allows the Global Management System to view the local time of the managed system Syntax timediffgmt lt get 12 00 1
14. B Channel Status Message Example The following output example is for B channel status messages where cs Indicates call status for one B channel RINGING Indicates a ring in or ring out and is equivalent to a 25 blue sphere on the graphical user interface CONNECTED Is equivalent to a 50 yellow sphere BONDING Indicates the bonding protocol is operational on the channel and is equivalent to a 75 orange sphere COMPLETE Is equivalent to a 100 green sphere Polycom Inc B 1 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems B 2 Feedback Examples dial manual 384 5551212 ISDN returns Dialing manual Dialing 5551212 384 cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs acti cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 chan 0 chan 0 chan 0 chan 0 chan 1 chan 1 chan 2 chan 3 chan 2 chan 3 chan 4 chan 5 chan 4 chan 5 chan 1 chan 2 chan 3 chan 4 chan 5 chan 0 chan 1 chan 2 chan 3 chan 4 chan 5 hangup video 0 returns hanging up video call none ISDN dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95
15. Syntax gatewaysuffix get valid speed gatewaysuffix set valid speed value Parameter Description get Returns the current value for this speed valid speed Valid speeds are 56 64 2x56 112 2x64 128 168 192 224 256 280 320 336 384 392 7x64 8x56 504 512 560 576 616 640 672 704 728 768 784 832 840 16x56 14x64 952 960 1008 1024 1064 1088 1120 1152 1176 1216 1232 1280 1288 24x56 21x64 1400 1408 1456 1472 1512 1536 1568 1600 1624 1664 1680 1728 1736 32x56 28x64 1848 1856 1904 and 1920 kbps set Sets the gateway suffix when followed by the value parameter To erase the current setting omit value value Suffix code used for a particular call speed Consult your gateway instruction manual to determine which codes are appropriate Use quotation marks around a compound name or strings that contain spaces For example united states or 111 222 333 Feedback Examples e gatewaysuffix set returns gatewaysuffix 192 e gatewaysuffix get returns gatewaysuffix 192 Comments 192 11 11 192 Some gateways require a number to be appended suffix to the gateway number The suffix identifies which gateway is used to dial a call at a particular data rate Polycom Inc gdsdirectory System Commands Sets or gets whether the Polycom GDS directory server is enabled S
16. System Commands Generates DTMF dialing tones over an analog phone line This command has been deprecated Polycom recommends using the gendial command on page 4 149 Syntax gendialtonepots lt 0 9 gt Parameter Description 0 9 Generates the DTMF tone corresponding to telephone buttons 0 9 Generates the DTMF tone corresponding to a telephone button x Generates the DTMF tone corresponding to a telephone button Feedback Examples e gendialtonepots 2 returns gendialtonepots 2 and causes the system to produce the DTMF tone corresponding to a telephone s 2 button See Also You can use the gendial command on page 4 149 4 149 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems generatetone 4 150 Turns the test tone on or off The tone is used to check the monitor audio cable connections or to monitor the volume level Syntax generatetone lt on off gt Parameter Description on Turns on the test tone off Turns off the test tone Feedback Examples e generatetone on returns generatetone on and the system produces a test tone e generatetone off returns generatetone off and the system stops producing a test tone Polycom Inc System Commands get screen Returns the name of the current screen so that the control panel programmer knows which screen the user interface is currently displaying Syntax get screen F
17. 6 ft 1 8 m 2457 50526 200 Yes Molded PVC strain relief P2 on a 5E 40 m3 i a a 28 m 8 Pin Mini Din E y A A KK K K K K KAA J2 PI Ha i Male A in 8 Pin DC anin Mini Din Jack ei Female CONNECTION TABLE SignalName Pi P2 1 CA EA al ND a a IR SIGNAL CHROMAR ea LUMA Y AA CHROMA C SHIELD 7 R 5 3 6 amp 4 7 AS Shield Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no we responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 38 Polycom Inc Cables PowerCam Plus VISCA Control Cable 15 Pin D sub Male Polycom Inc lt t 50 3 0 _v gt 8 pin mini DIN to DB 15 This cable adapts the 8 pin mini DIN VISCA control interface to the PowerCam Plus DB 15 control interface It is used with the PowerCam Break Out cable and the HDCI PowerCam Plus adapter cable It is 8 pin mini DIN to DB 15 Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 50 ft 15 m 1457 50527 201 Yes P2 8 hen Din 00 e 0 El
18. Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Feedback Examples e configpresentation monitorl get returns configpresentation monitor1 all e configpresentation monitor2 get returns configpresentation monitor2 near or far e configpresentation monitor2 far returns error configpresentation not applied since monitor2 is off when monitor 2 is off 4 80 Polycom Inc confirmdiradd Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the configuration for prompting users to add directory entries for the far sites when a call disconnects Syntax confirmdiradd lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes When a call disconnects the user is prompted to create a local directory entry for the far site if it is not already in the directory no The user is not prompted to create a local directory entry after a call disconnects Feedback Examples confirmdiradd no returns confirmdiradd no confirmdiradd yes returns confirmdiradd yes confirmdiradd get returns confirmdiradd yes 4 81 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems confirmdirdel 4 82 Sets or gets the configuration for requiring users to confirm directory deletions Syntax confirmdirdel lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes When deleting an entry from the directory address book the user is prompted wi
19. Sets or gets the configuration of the DSR serial interface control signal to indicate an incoming call This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax dsranswer lt get on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Turns on the option off Turns off the option Feedback Examples e dsranswer on returns dsranswer on e dsranswer off returns dsranswer off e dsranswer get returns dsranswer off 4 109 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems dir 4 110 Sets or gets the configuration of the DTR serial interface control signal data terminal ready This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax dtr lt get normal inverted on gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting normal Sets the signal to normal high voltage is logic 1 inverted Sets the signal to inverted low voltage is logic 1 on Sets constant high voltage If this option is selected inverted is not an option Feedback Examples e dtr normal returns dtr normal dtr inverted returns dtr inverted dtr on returns dtr on dtr get returns dtr on Comments The default setting for the signal is normal Polycom Inc dualmonitor Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets whether video is displayed using dual mon
20. CONNECTORS BLACK INSULATION 8 FEET 3 RED ote RED Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 27 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Composite Video Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a monitor or camera It has S single yellow RCA connectors on both ends The Polycom HDX system requires a female RCA to male BNC adapter in order to connect to composite input or output The maximum approved length for this cable is 100 ft 30 m Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 25 ft 7 6 m 2457 09207 001 YELLOW RCA PHONO PLUG A c X2 J X2 O FEET 2 Ot Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for you
21. Specifies a pattern to match for the batch search count Specifies the number of entries to list that match the pattern define Returns a batch of entries in the range defined by start_no to stop_no letter Returns entries beginning with the letter specified from the range a z Requires one or two alphanumeric characters Valid characters are fe 8 0 through 9 a through z range Returns local directory entries numbered start_no through stop_no Requires two integers start_no Specifies the beginning of the range of entries to return stop_no Specifies the end of the range of entries to return refresh Gets a more current copy of the local directory Feedback Examples e addrbook all returns addrbook 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdn_spd 384 4 12 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands isdn_num 1 700 5551212 isdn_ext addrbook 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 101 h323_ext 7878 addrbook 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 sip_spd 384 sip_num polycomhdx polycom com addrbook 3 Polycom HDX Demo 3 phone_num 1 512 5121212 and so on until all entries in the local directory are listed then addrbook all done addrbook batch 0 returns addrbook 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdn_spd 384 isdn_num 1 700 5551212 isdn_ext addrbook 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 101 h323_ext 7878 addrbook 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 sip
22. The default setting for this signal is normal 4 88 Polycom Inc dcdfilter System Commands Sets or gets the filter setting of the DCD serial interface control signal data carrier detect This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax dcdfilter lt get on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Enables the DCD filter off Disables the DCD filter Feedback Examples e dcdfilter on returns dcdfilter on e dcdfilter off returns dcdfilter off e dcdfilter get returns dcdfilter off Comments When this filter is enabled DCD drops for 60 seconds before changing the call state The default setting for this signal is off Polycom Inc 4 89 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems defaultgateway Sets or gets the default gateway Syntax defaultgateway get defaultgateway set XXxX XXX XXX XXX Parameter Description get Returns the default gateway IP address set Sets the default gateway when followed by the XXX XXX XXX XXX parameter OOOO XXX XX IP address to use as the default gateway Feedback Examples e defaultgateway set 192 168 1 101 returns defaultgateway 192 168 1 101 Comments This setting can only be changed if DHCP is turned off After making a change you must restart the system for the setting t
23. cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 cal1 0 chan 0 chan 0 chan 0 chan 0 chan 1 chan 1 chan 2 chan 3 chan 2 chan 3 chan 6 chan 6 chan 4 chan 5 chan 4 chan 5 chan 7 chan 7 chan 1 chan 2 chan 3 chan 6 chan 4 chan 5 chan 7 chan 0 chan 1 chan 2 chan 3 chan 6 chan 4 chan 5 chan 7 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 dialstr 7005551212 active call 0 speed 512 state RINGING state CONNECTED state BONDING state COMPLETE state RINGING state CONNECTED state
24. e sleeptime 30 returns sleeptime 30 4 290 Polycom Inc System Commands snmpadmin Sets or gets the SNMP administrator name Syntax snmpadmin get snmpadmin set admin name Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the administrator name when followed by the admin name parameter To erase the current setting omit admin name admin name SNMP administrator contact name Character string Enclose the character string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example John Admin Feedback Examples e snmpadmin set returns error command needs more parameters to execute successfully e snmpadmin set John Admin returns snmpadmin John Admin e snmpadmin get returns snmpadmin John Admin Comments After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect Polycom Inc 4 291 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems snmpcommunity 4 292 Sets or gets the SNMP community name Syntax snmpcommunity get snmpcommunity set community name Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the SNMP community name when followed by the community name parameter To erase the current setting omit the parameter community name SNMP community name Character string Enclose the character string in quotation marks if it includes s
25. natconfig get returns natconfig off 4 229 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems nath323compatible Sets or gets the NAT is H 323 Compatible setting Syntax nath323compatible lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Specifies that NAT is capable of translating H 323 traffic no Specifies that NAT is not capable of translating H 323 traffic Feedback Examples e nath323compatible yes returns nath323compatible yes e nath323compatible no returns nath323compatible no e nath323compatible get returns nath323compatible no 4 230 Polycom Inc System Commands nearloop Activates or deactivates the Near End Loop test Syntax nearloop lt on off gt Parameter Description on Activates the Near End Loop a complete internal test of the system of f Deactivates the Near End Loop Feedback Examples e nearloop on returns nearloop on e nearloop off returns nearloop off Comments When Near End Loop is on you can test the encoder decoder on the system This test is not available when you are in a call Polycom Inc 4 231 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems netstats Returns network statistics for each call Syntax netstats 0 n Parameter Description 0 n Call in a multipoint call where n is the maximum number of calls supported by the system 0 is
26. rt 4 278 Sets or gets the RT serial interface control signal receive timing clock This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax rt lt get normal inverted gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting normal Sets the signal to normal rising edge receives data inverted Sets the signal to inverted falling edge receives data Feedback Examples e rt normal returns rt normal e rt inverted returns rt inverted e rt get returns rt inverted Comments The default setting is nor mal Polycom Inc rts Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the RTS serial interface control signal request to send This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax rts lt get normal inverted gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting normal Sets the signal to normal high voltage is logic 1 inverted Sets the signal to inverted low voltage is logic 1 Feedback Examples e rts normal returns rts normal e rts inverted returns rts inverted e rts get returns rts inverted Comments The default setting is normal 4 279 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Returns the name of the current user interface screen on the system registers or unregisters for screen changes or goes to a
27. we have discussed how these devices operate within a given acoustic environment We turn now to a short discussion of how these elements operate within a conference environment where such factors as three to one rules and critical distance often are pushed to the limit or violated entirely When sound travels in a room it follows the inverse square law This means that the sound level heard ata microphone drops by a factor of four every time the distance doubles Another important consideration in room audio design is the concept of critical distance or the distance at which the loudness of the room background noise plus reverberation is less than one tenth of the loudness of voices getting to a particular microphone This definition is the result of research conducted by Don and Carolyn Davis that is referenced in the chapter Designing for Intelligibility in the Handbook for Sound Engineers 1 Davis Don and Carolyn Designing for Intelligibility in Handbook for Sound Engineers The New Audio Cyclopedia ed Glen Ballou Indianapolis Howard Sams amp Co 1991 1279 1297 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Room Design and Layout As an example we will work with a room having an ambient noise level of approximately 60dBA SPL A person speaking ina normal voice is 72dBA SPL at about 2 distance At 4 the loudness drops to approximately 66dBA SPL This already is farther than the critical dist
28. 15 22 5 gt prilinebuildout set lt 0 133 134 266 267 399 400 533 534 665 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the PRI line buildout It requires an output attenuation in dB or an attenuation in feet 0 7 5 15 22 5 Output attenuation values in dB For internal CSUs 0 133 134 266 Output attenuation values in feet For external CSUs 267 399 400 533 534 665 Feedback Examples e prilinebuildout set 7 5 returns prilinebuildout 7 5 e prilinebuildout get returns prilinebuildout 7 5 Comments If you are using an internal CSU enter the output attenuation in dB If you are using an external CSU enter the output attenuation in feet See Also The PRI CSU mode for a T1 interface is set using the pricsu command on page 4 256 Polycom Inc prilinesignal System Commands Sets or gets the PRI line signal Syntax prilinesignal get prilinesignal set lt esf b8zs crc4 hdb3 hdb3 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current PRI line signal setting set Sets the PRI line signal It requires one of the following parameters esf b8zs crc4 hdb3 hdb3 esf b8zs A method of signal encoding used with a T1 interface This is the only choice for T1 This value actually chooses both a framing format and an encoding method Legacy frame formats such as D4 are not supported In addition older encoding methods
29. Character string specifying the system name Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example Polycom HDX Demo Feedback Examples e systemname set Polycom HDX Demo returns systemname Polycom HDX Demo e systemname set get returns systemname Polycom HDX Demo Comments The first character must be a numeric a digit or alphabetic a letter character including foreign language characters The name can be any combination of alphanumeric characters and may be up to 30 characters in length The system name cannot be blank 4 303 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems tcpports 4 304 Sets or gets the TCP ports on the system Syntax tcpports get tcpports set 1024 49150 Parameter Description set Sets the TCP ports when followed by a value from the range 1024 49150 To erase the current setting omit the value get Returns the current TCP port setting Feedback Examples e tcpports set 3233 returns tcpports 3233 e tcpports get returns tcpports 3233 Comments The Fixed Ports option on the Firewall screen must be selected for the TCP Ports option to be available Polycom Inc techsupport Polycom Inc System Commands Sends your phone number to Global Management System technical support if your system is managed by the Global Management System Syntax techsupport lt phone num gt Parame
30. Comments This area code is associated with the area where the system is used Polycom Inc 4 29 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems audiometer 4 30 Queries and displays audio levels once per second Syntax audiometer lt micleft micright lineinleft lineinright lineoutleft lineoutright contentinleft contentinright vcrinleft vcrinright vcroutleft vcroutright farendleft farendright of f gt Parameter Description micleft Measures the audio strength of the signal coming from all microphones assigned to the left microphone channel micright Measures the audio strength of the signal coming from all microphones assigned to the right microphone channel lineinright Measures the audio strength of the signal connected to the right line input port lineinleft Measures the audio strength of the signal connected to the left line input port lineoutleft Measures the audio strength of the signal on the left main audio output port lineoutright Measures the audio strength of the signal on the right main audio output port contentinleft Measures the audio strength of the signal on the left content audio input port contentinright Measures the audio strength of the signal on the right content audio input port verinleft Measures the strength of the signal on the left VCR DVD audio input port verinright Measures the strength of the signal on the r
31. Inc System Commands configchange deprecated Sets or gets the notification state for configuration changes This command has been deprecated Syntax configchange lt get register unregister gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting register Registers to receive notifications when configuration variables have changed unregister Unregisters to receive notifications when configuration variables have changed Feedback Examples e configchange register returns configchange registered e configchange unregister returns configchange unregistered e configchange get returns configchange unregistered Polycom Inc 4 75 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems configdisplay Sets or gets the video format aspect ratio and resolution for Monitor 1 or Monitor 2 Syntax configdisplay lt monitor1 monitor2 gt get configdisplay lt monitor1 monitor2 gt lt component vga dvi composite s_video gt lt 4 3 16 9 gt configdisplay lt monitor1 monitor2 gt lt component vga dvi composite s_video gt lt 4 3 16 9 gt lt 720p 1080i 1080p gt lt 50hz720p 60hz720p 50hz1080 60hz10803 50hz1080p 60hz1080p gt configdisplay monitor2 off Parameter Description get Returns the current setting monitorl Specifies Monitor 1 monitor2 Specifies Monitor 2 s_video Sets the specified display to S Video format
32. Parameter Description get Returns the current IP address of the specified server A server identification number 1 4 is required 1 4 Specifies the server identification number set Sets the IP address of the specified DNS server when followed by the xxx XXX XXX XXX parameter A server identification number 1 4 is required XXX XXX XXX XXX Specifies the IP address for the specified server Feedback Examples e dns set 1 192 168 1 205 returns dns 1 192 168 1 205 Comments After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect These values cannot be set if the system is in DHCP client mode 4 107 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems dsr 4 108 Sets or gets the configuration of the DSR serial interface control signal data set ready This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax dsr lt get normal inverted gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting normal Sets the signal to normal high voltage is logic 1 inverted Sets the signal to inverted low voltage is logic 1 Feedback Examples e dsr normal returns dsr normal e dsr inverted returns dsr inverted e dsr get returns dsr inverted Comments The default setting for this signal is normal Polycom Inc dsranswer Polycom Inc System Commands
33. Polycom recommends using the addrbook command on page 4 12 Syntax abk all abk batch 0 59 abk batch search pattern count abk batch define start_no stop_no abk letter a z abk range start_no stop_no abk refresh Parameter Description all Returns all the entries in the local directory batch Returns a batch of 10 local directory entries Requires a batch number which must be an integer in the range 0 59 search Specifies a batch search pattern Specifies a pattern to match for the batch search count Specifies the number of entries to list that match the pattern define Returns a batch of entries in the range defined by start_no to stop_no start_no Specifies the beginning of the range of entries to return stop_no Specifies the end of the range of entries to return letter Returns entries beginning with the letter specified from the range a z Requires one or two alphanumeric characters Valid characters are 7 o 0 through 9 a through z range Returns local directory entries numbered start_no through stop_no Requires two integers refresh Gets a more current copy of the local directory 4 9 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 10 Feedback Examples abk all returns abk 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 spd 384 abk 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 spd 384 abk 2 Polycom
34. RINGING state RINGING state CONNECTED state CONNECTED state RINGING state CONNECTED state RINGING state RINGING state CONNECTED state CONNECTED state RINGING state CONNECTED state BONDING state BONDING state BONDING state BONDING state BONDING state BONDING state BONDING state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE B 3 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems B 4 Polycom Inc Polycom HDX 9000 Series Specifications Back Panel Information Inputs Outputs Audio Specifications Polycom Inc Refer to the Administrator s Guide for Polycom HDX Systems at www polycom com videodocumentation for back panel views of Polycom HDX systems and for details about the various connections available on each Polycom HDX back panel connector Characteristic Value Maximum Input Level O dBFS for Audio Input 4 12 dBV 4 0 Vays 1 dB Maximum Input Level 0 dBFS for Audio Input 3 VCR DVD 12 dBV 4 0 Vang 1 dB Maximum Input Level 0 dBFS for Audio Input 1 External Input Line Level 12 dBV 4 0 Vang 1 dB Maximum Input Level 0 dBFS for Audio Input 1 External Input MIC Level Not supported on Polycom HDX 9006 systems 20 dBV 1 dB Input Impedance Audio Input 4 Differential 20 k 5 Ohms C1 Integra
35. RS 232 Serial Interface The RS 232 serial port is implemented by an FPGA based UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter that supports the following values Mode Baud Rate Parity Stop Bits Data Bits Flow Control Control 9600 default 14400 None 1 8 Off 19200 38400 57600 115200 Camera PTZ 9600 default 14400 None Sony 1 8 Off 19200 38400 57600 Even Polycom 115200 EagleEye HD camera Closed Caption 9600 default 14400 None 1 8 Off 19200 38400 57600 115200 Vortex Mixer 9600 default 14400 None 1 8 Off default 19200 38400 57600 On 115200 Pass Thru 9600 default 14400 None default 1 default 8 Off default 19200 38400 57600 Even Odd 2 On 115200 Polycom Annotation 9600 None 1 8 Off Interactive Touch Board 9600 None 1 8 Off Polycom Inc Index Symbols command 4 7 A A V professionals 3 4 abk command 4 9 account number command for requiring 4 272 command for setting 4 286 command for validating 4 327 adapters audio 2 49 BNC to S Video 2 16 HDCI PowerCam Plus 2 31 HDCI Sony 2 36 HDCI Sony VISCA 2 35 HDCI VISCA 2 32 microphone 2 44 null modem 2 56 V 35 RS 449 RS 530 2 7 addrbook command 4 12 address LDAP server 4 205 addressdisplayedingab command 4 15 advnetstats command 4 16 alertusertone command 4 18 alertvideotone command 4 19 all register command 4 20 all unregister command 4 22 allowab
36. True H 323 Enabled True 4 99 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems FTP Enabled True HTTP Enabled True SNMP Enabled True 4 100 Polycom Inc displayglobaladdresses Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the display of global addresses in the global directory Syntax displayglobaladdresses lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the display of global addresses no Disables the display of global addresses Feedback Examples displayglobaladdresses returns displayglobaladdresses displayglobaladdresses returns displayglobaladdresses displayglobaladdresses returns displayglobaladdresses yes yes no no get no 4 101 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems displaygraphics 4 102 Sets or gets the display of graphic icons while in a call Syntax displaygraphics lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the display of graphic icons no Disables the display of graphic icons Feedback Examples displaygraphics returns displaygraphics displaygraphics returns displaygraphics displaygraphics returns displaygraphics yes yes no no get no Polycom Inc displayipext Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the display of the IP extension field This extension is need
37. autoshowcontent off autoshowcontent get returns autoshowcontent off 4 35 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems backlightcompensation 4 36 Sets or gets the Backlight Compensation mode Syntax backlightcompensation lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables Backlight Compensation The camera automatically adjusts for a bright background no Disables the option Feedback Examples backlightcompensation yes returns backlightcompensation yes backlightcompensation no returns backlightcompensation no backlightcompensation get returns backlightcompensation no Polycom Inc basicmode Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the Basic Mode configuration a limited operating mode that uses H 261 for video and G 711 for audio Basic mode provides administrators with a workaround for interoperability issues that cannot be solved using other methods Syntax basicmode lt get on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Enables basic mode off Disables basic mode Feedback Examples e basicmode on returns basicmode on e basicmode off returns basicmode off e basicmode get returns basicmode off 4 37 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems brilenable bri2enable bri3enable bridenable Sets or gets the configuration
38. e A PowerCam Break Out Cable on page 2 38 e B 8 pin mini DIN to DB 9 on page 2 40 e C S Video Cable on page 2 14 D HDCI PowerCam Plus Adapter Cable on page 2 31 e Power Supply part number 1465 52621 036 You can connect a PowerCam part number 2215 50370 001 to a Polycom HDX 9001 Polycom HDX 9002 or Polycom HDX 9004 system as the third camera using e A PowerCam Break Out Cable on page 2 38 e B 8 pin mini DIN to DB 9 on page 2 40 e C S Video Cable on page 2 14 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Room Integration D BNC to S Video Cable on page 2 15 Power Supply part number 1465 52621 036 lolol Y c 3Q VCR DVD mM d If you connect a PTZ camera to a serial port set RS 232 Mode to Camera PTZ on the Serial Ports screen 1 13 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 1 14 PowerCam Plus as the Main Camera up to 10 ft Away You can connect a PowerCam Plus part number 2215 50200 001 to a Polycom HDX 9001 Polycom HDX 9002 or Polycom HDX 9004 system as the main camera up to 10 ft away using e A PowerCam Plus Primary Cable on page 2 29 e B HDCI PowerCam Plus Adapter Cable on page 2 31 Automatic camera tracking is not available when using the PowerCam Plus camera with a Polycom HDX system
39. get Returns the current setting auto In Auto mode the system switches between Full Screen Mode and Discussion mode depending on the interaction between the sites If one site is talking uninterrupted for 15 seconds or more the speaker appears full screen presentation In Presentation mode the person who is speaking appears full screen to the far sites while the person who is speaking sees all the other sites on a split screen discussion In Discussion mode also called Continuous Presence mode every site sees all the sites in the meeting at the same time on a split screen fullscreen In Full Screen mode every site in the call sees the current speaker or the latest person to speak on the full screen Feedback Examples e mpmode auto returns mpmode auto e mpmode discussion returns mpmode discussion e mpmode get returns mpmode discussion Comments This option is not available unless the multipoint option is enabled 4 223 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems What you see during a multipoint call can depend on many factors such as the system s monitor configuration the number of sites in the call whether content is shared and whether dual monitor emulation is used 4 224 Polycom Inc mtumode System Commands Sets or gets the MTU mode The mtumode and mtusize commands allow you to change the Maximum Transmission Unit MTU size to adjust for the best
40. mute unregistered pip unregistered popupinfo unregistered preset unregistered screen unregistered vcbutton unregistered volume unregistered sleep unregistered Comments The following types of parameters are unregistered Current near site or far site source State of privacy Current volume level Active camera presets Status of point to point or multipoint calls Status of physical ISDN IP connection to codec PIP state Chair control System information Polycom recommends you use this command in place of the unregisterall deprecated command on page 4 313 4 21 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems allowabkchanges Sets or gets the Allow Directory Changes setting Syntax allowabkchanges lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the Allow Directory Changes setting no Disables the Allow Directory Changes setting Feedback Examples e allowabkchanges no returns al lowabkchanges no e allowabkchanges yes returns al lowabkchanges yes e allowabkchanges get returns allowabkchanges yes Comments If this option is enabled the user has access to the New Edit and Delete operations in the directory 4 22 Polycom Inc allowcamerapresetssetup Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets whether users are allowed to change camera presets Syntax allowcamerapresetssetup lt get yes no gt
41. off Disables the second monitor output get Returns the current setting 4 3 16 9 Sets the aspect ratio to 4 3 standard or 16 9 wide screen vga Sets the display to VGA Feedback Examples e monitor2 off returns monitor2 off e monitor2 16 9 returns monitor2 16 9 e monitor2 get returns monitor2 16 9 See Also See the configdisplay command on page 4 77 4 220 Polycom Inc monitor2screensaveroutput System Commands Sets or gets whether to send either black video or No Signal to Monitor 2 when the screen saver activates Syntax monitor2screensaveroutput lt get black no_signal gt Parameter Description black Sends black video to Monitor 2 when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates no_signal Sends no signal to Monitor 2 when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates get Returns the current setting Feedback Examples e monitor2screensaveroutput returns monitor2screensaveroutput e monitor2screensaveroutput returns monitor2screensaveroutput e monitor2screensaveroutput returns monitor2screensaveroutput See Also black black no_signal no_signal get no_signal See the monitorlscreensaveroutput command on page 4 220 Polycom Inc 4 221 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems mpautoanswer Sets or gets the Auto Answer Multipoint Video mode which determines how the system will handle an incoming c
42. such as B7ZS are not supported crc4 hdb3 A method of signal encoding used with an E1 interface This is the default value Data is encoded using HDB3 to ensure proper one density and CRC4 error checking is enabled on both transmit and receive hdb3 A method of signal encoding used with an E1 interface CRC4 error checking is disabled Feedback Examples e prilinesignal set esf b8zs returns prilinesignal esf b8zs e prilinesignal get returns prilinesignal esf b8zs Polycom Inc 4 259 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems primarycallchoice deprecated 4 260 Sets or gets the primary call type for placing calls With the implementation of the videocallorder command on page 4 335 and the voicecallorder command on page 4 336 this command has been deprecated Syntax primarycallchoice lt get isdn ip sip manual gt Parameter Description get Returns the current primary call type isdn Sets the primary call type to ISDN ip Sets the primary call type to IP sip Sets the primary call type to SIP manual Sets the primary call type to manual Feedback Examples e primarycallchoice ip returns primarycalltype ip e primarycallchoice get returns primarycalltype ip Polycom Inc prinumberingplan System Commands Sets or gets the PRI numbering plan This command is only applicable if you have a PRI network interface connected to y
43. such as Xantech models 780 80 780 90 480 00 and 490 90 Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1515 41597 001 Yes Top View Pinout for audio connector PIN Signal retum 2 3 Shield drain wire ground Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application The following table shows how to wire this connector for 2 wire connections Phoenix to RCA Phoenix Contact RCA Contact 1 Center 2 Shell 3 Install jumper between contact 2 and contact 3 on the Phoenix connector 2 52 Polycom Inc Cables Subwoofer Volume Attenuator Polycom Inc This attenuator plugs into the Volume Control RJ 11 port on the subwoofer that comes with the Polycom stereo speaker kit The attenuator is required for proper operation of the acoustic echo cancellation It has an RJ 11 connector Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 3 5 in 9 cm 1457 52415 001 R1 2 2 K RJ 11 end view Resistors R1 and R2 are 1 8 to 1 2 watt 22K Ohm or nearest 5 value R2 2 Connector is
44. 1792 1856 1920 1960 1984 2016 2048 2304 2560 2816 3072 3328 3584 3840 and 4096 kbps set Sets the IP dialing speed The parameters valid speed and on or off are required on Enables the specified speed off Disables the specified speed Feedback Examples e ipdialspeed set 168 on returns ipdialspeed set 168 on e ipdialspeed set 168 off returns ipdialspeed set 168 off e ipdialspeed get 168 returns ipdialspeed 168 off Polycom Inc 4 183 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Comments The Polycom HDX system does not support separate settings for IP and ISDN dialing speeds When you change a setting using this command the settings associated with the isdndialspeed command on page 4 192 also change and vice versa 4 184 Polycom Inc ipisdninfo Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets whether the Home screen displays IP information ISDN information both or neither Syntax ipisdninfo lt get both ip only isdn only none gt Table 4 1 Parameter Description get Returns the current setting both Displays IP and ISDN information on the Home screen ip only Displays only IP information on the Home screen isdn only Displays only ISDN information on the Home screen none Does not display any IP or ISDN information on the Home screen Feedback Examples e ipisdninfo ip only returns ipisdninfo ip only
45. 192 168 1 103 state RINGING cs cal1 34 chan 0 dialstr 192 168 1 103 state BONDING cs cal1 34 chan 0 dialstr 192 168 1 103 state BONDING cs cal1 34 chan 0 dialstr 192 168 1 103 state COMPLETE active call1 34 speed 384 Note The BONDING responses in IP calls are extraneous text that will be removed in a subsequent software version After registering the following response occurs when disconnecting an IP call cleared cal1 34 dialstr IP 192 168 1 103 NAME Polycom HDX Demo ended cal1 34 Polycom Inc 4 63 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems See Also You can also use the notify command on page 4 235 and the nonotify command on page 4 234 for notifications For more information about call status messages refer to Status Messages command on page B 1 4 64 Polycom Inc callstats Polycom Inc System Commands Returns call summary information Syntax callstats Feedback Examples e callstats returns timeinlastcall 0 02 35 totalnumberofcalls 23 totalnumberofipcalls 23 totaltimeipcalls 2 08 44 percentageipcalls 100 totalnumberofisdncalls 0 totaltimeisdncalls 00 00 00 percentageisdncalls 0 4 65 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems camera 4 66 Sets or gets the near site or far site camera settings Syntax camera near 1 6 camera far 1 5 camera lt near far gt move lt left right up down zo
46. A 12 Room Control Elements 0 cece cece eee ees A 13 Status Messages Status Display iia A A EEN B 1 B Channel Status Message Example 0 0 0 c cece ee eee ee B 1 Polycom HDX 9000 Series Specifications Back Panel Information 00 00 cece eect t eee e eens C 1 Inputs OUtpUtS 2255s eee savas s Seng steed d Boies era e C 1 Audio Specifications 0 cece eens C 1 DIME Dialing etnicidad eb alae needed aid C 2 Remote Control 2 0 0 0 0 ccc eee e nee n eens C 3 RS 232 Serial Interface 0 cee ete rodi paie C 6 Index cece cc cc cece cece eeceeseees Index ts XV Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems xvi Polycom Inc Room Integration Setting Up a Room for Video Conferencing For detailed information about setting up a room for video conferencing refer to Room Design and Layout on page A 1 Room Layout Examples Use the following diagrams as examples for setting up a conference room with Polycom HDX systems Polycom recommends that you contract an experienced contractor to assure all the components operate as a single cohesive system Small Conference Room Acoustic Panels Dry Erase Board Flat Panel m M mM Monitor 1 Polycom HDX System a and Polycom EagleEye l HD camera d pecan Microphone Polycom HDX Media Center Acoustic Quality Drapes Polycom Inc 1 1 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX System
47. CONE rs BA A PER N SS Bro DA 4 X 305 0 TSAR 3 5mm PITCH 3 POSITION y PHOENIX PLUG PN 1840379 8 PL WIRING CHART FROM TO WIRE TYPE WIRE USE P1 2 J1 2 SIGNAL P1 3 J1 3 SIGNAL N P15 J15 SIGNAL 1 Signal P1 7 J1 7 A SIGNAL 2 Signal return P18 T8 SIGNAL 3 _ Shield darin wire ground P1 SHELL J1 SHELL SHIELD PINS 1 4 6 9 ARE N C N A P2 1 P6 1 SIGNAL P2 2 P6 2 B SIGNAL P2 3 P6 3 SHIELD DRAIN WIRE P3 1 P7 1 SIGNAL P3 2 P7 2 B SIGNAL P3 3 P7 3 SHIELD DRAIN WIRE P4 1 P8 1 SIGNAL P4 2 P8 2 B SIGNAL P4 3 P8 3 SHIELD DRAIN WIRE P5 1 P9 1 SIGNAL P5 2 P9 2 B SIGNAL P5 3 P9 3 SHIELD DRAIN WIRE Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 51 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 3 5mm Screw Cage Connector This 3 pin connector connects audio input and output to the Polycom HDX system It also connects the IR sensor input on a Polycom HDX system to an external IR receiver
48. Cabling for Polycom HDX Microphones You can create a custom length cable from the Polycom HDX 9000 Series system to the Polycom HDX microphone Start with the microphone cable 2457 23216 001 and cut off the P1 end Using the wiring tables shown create a custom cable from the microphone to a wall plate or other interfacing device Next from the wall plate or other interfacing device run shielded CAT5 or better cable to the Polycom HDX system terminating with a shielded RJ 45 plug connector The total length from the Polycom HDX system to the first Polycom microphone can vary between 18 in and 100 ft The maximum length between subsequent microphones is 25 ft The following diagram shows an example of longer custom cabling from a Polycom HDX system to a Polycom microphone or a Polycom SoundStation IP 7000 Phone Interfacing Device CAT5 Shielded Cable such as a Wall Plate A gt Da Polycom HDX Microphone Cable Cut and Re terminated Polycom HDX Microphone Cable The following steps explain how to wire this custom cable configuration 1 Identify the P1 connector on the Polycom HDX microphone cable according to the location of the brown heat shrink tubing as shown on page Polycom HDX Microphone Array Cable on page 2 43 Remove the P1 connector and skip to step 4 Note that two separate vendors manufacture these cables which are electrically equivalent but have different color coding If you cannot identify
49. Demo 1 isdn_spd 384 isdn_num 1 700 5551212 isdn_ext gaddrbook 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 101 h323_ext 7878 gaddrbook 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 sip_spd 384 Polycom Inc System Commands sip_num polycomhdxpolycom com gaddrbook 3 Polycom HDX Demo 3 phone_num 1 512 5121212 gaddrbook 19 Polycom HDX Demo 20 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 120 h323_ext gaddrbook letter p done e gaddrbook range 0 2 returns gaddrbook 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdn_spd 384 isdn_num 1 700 5551212 isdn_ext gaddrbook 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 101 h323_ext 7878 gaddrbook 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 sip_spd 384 sip_num polycomhdx polycom com gaddrbook range 0 2 done Comments Entries with multiple addresses for example an H 323 address and an ISDN number return each address type on separate lines with an incremented record number When the system is registered with the LDAP directory server only the gaddrbook batch search pattern count is supported All other gaddrbook commands return the response command not supported When the system is registered with the Polycom GDS directory server all of the gaddrbook commands and parameters are supported gaddrbook entries are stored in the global directory address book See Also To return local directory entries use the on page addrbook command on page 4 12 Polycom Inc 4 137 Integrator
50. Description get Returns the current switch protocol pt to pt_at t_5_ess Specifies the ISDN switch protocol to use multipoint_at amp t_5_ess ni 1 nortel_dms 100 standard_etsi_euro isdn ts 031 ntt_ins 64 Feedback Examples e isdnswitch pt to pt_at t_5_ess returns isdnswitch pt to pt_at t_5_ess e sdnswitch nortel_dms 100 returns isdnswitch nortel_dms 100 e isdnswitch get returns isdnswitch nortel_dms 100 Comments If more than one switch protocol is supported you must find out from your telephone service provider which protocol to select If you change the country settings a new set of ISDN switch protocols is loaded See Also To set the switch type for PRI systems use the priswitch command on page 4 264 Polycom Inc System Commands keypadaudioconf Sets or gets the keypad audio confirmation When this option is enabled an audio response is echoed when a numeric key is pressed on the remote control Syntax keypadaudioconf lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables audio confirmation no Disables audio confirmation Feedback Examples e keypadaudioconf yes returns keypadaudioconf yes e keypadaudioconf no returns keypadaudioconf no e keypadaudioconf get returns keypadaudioconf no Polycom Inc 4 195 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems language 4 196 Sets or gets
51. H 323 IP extension also known as an E 164 name Syntax el64ext get el64ext set e 164name Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the E 164 extension when followed by the a 164name parameter To erase the current setting omit e 164name e 164name A valid E 164 extension usually a four digit number Feedback Examples e e164ext set returns e164ext lt empty gt e el64ext set 7878 returns el64ext 7878 e el64ext get 7878 returns el64ext 7878 Comments The extension number is associated with a specific LAN device 4 113 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems echo 4 114 Prints string back to the API client screen Syntax echo string Parameter Description string Text to be printed to the screen Feedback Examples e echo End of abk range results returns End of abk range results Comments Certain API commands print multiple lines without any delimiter string to notify end of command response This forces a control panel program to guess when the command s response string is going to end In those scenarios control panel can issue the legacy command followed by echo command with a delimiter string of their choosing Once legacy command s response ends echo command gets processed which will result in the delimiter string printed to the API client Polycom Inc Syst
52. HDX Demo 3 spd 384 abk 3 Polycom HDX Demo 3 spd 384 num num num num 1 700 5551212 192 168 1 101 192 168 1 102 1 700 5551213 and so on until all entries in the local directory are listed then abk all done abk batch 0 returns abk 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 spd 384 num 1 700 5551212 abk 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 spd 384 num 192 168 1 101 abk 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 spd 384 num 192 168 1 102 and so on through the last entry in the batch of 10 directory entries such as abk 9 Polycom HDX Demo 20 spd 384 num 192 168 1 120 abk batch 0 done abk batch define 0 2 returns abk 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 spd 384 abk 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 spd 384 abk 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 spd 384 abk batch define 0 2 done abk batch search Polycom 3 returns abk 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 spd 384 abk 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 spd 384 abk 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 spd 384 abk batch search Polycom 3 done abk letter p returns abk 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 spd 384 abk 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 spd 384 abk 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 spd 384 abk 3 Polycom HDX Demo 3 spd 384 abk 9 abk 1 abk range 0 2 returns etter p done num 192 168 1 101 num num num num num num num num num Polycom HDX Demo 20 spd 384 num 192 168 1 120 1 700 5551212 192 168 1 102 1 700 5551212 192 168 1 101 192 168 1 102 1 700 5551212 192 168 1 101 192 168 1 102 1 700 5551213 abk 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 spd 384 num 1 700 5551212 abk
53. It is HDCI to 4 pin mini DIN and DB 15 It can also be used with the PowerCam Primary Camera a ZA Cable on page 2 37 to connect PowerCam Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1 ft 0 3 m 2457 23481 001 Yes 2X 4 40 THREAD a A 11 3 REF RIS REF 11 REF 15 4 REF Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no we responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 31 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems HDCI VISCA Adapter Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system HDCI video input to SD cameras ES with VISCA control that use a DB 9 serial connector It is HDCI to 4 pin a Z mini DIN and DB 9 Standard S Video and DB 9 serial cables are required to connect this cable to the camera Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1 ft 0 3 m 2457 23486 001 Yes 12 305 18 2x 4 40 THREAD 2X 4 40 THREAD 8 8 REF 4 81 REF i a 3 ied i 3 9 11 REF R1 5 REF y t 2 13 1 REF Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality
54. Polycom Inc Room Integration Option 2 To hear audio at both the near site and the far site use a bypass mixer to connect a computer to the Polycom HDX 9001 or Polycom HDX 9002 system as the following figure shows Polycom Inc 1 21 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 1 22 To connect a computer to a Polycom HDX 9004 system Connect a Polycom HDX 9004 system to a computer using e A DVIto VGA Monitor Cable on page 2 17 e B 3 5 mm stereo to RCA adapter cable e C Audio Adapter Cable on page 2 49 Polycom HDX 9004 Polycom HDX 9002 and Polycom HDX 9001 systems only When you connect a computer to video input 4 and audio input 4 ona Polycom HDX 9004 as follows audio from input 4 is muted unless video input 4 is selected as a video source Polycom Inc Room Integration To connect a computer to a Polycom HDX 9006 system Connect a Polycom HDX 9006 system to a computer using e A DVI to VGA Monitor Cable on page 2 17 e B 3 5 mm stereo to dual 3 pin Phoenix connectors cable When you connect a computer to video input 4 and audio input 4 ona Polycom HDX 9006 system as follows audio from input 4 is muted unless video input 4 is selected as a video source Polycom Inc 1 23 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Connecting a Vortex Mixer to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series System your Vortex mixer integration InstantDesigner resolves many common issues with connect
55. Polycom HDX Systems is required To build a custom cross over cable for this purpose you should use shielded CAT5 or better cable Each end of the custom cable should have a shielded RJ 45 plug connector that connects to a Polycom HDX microphone host device The maximum supported cable length is 100 feet Due to differing use of the twisted pairs within the cable the pinout for this custom CAT5 cross over cable is not the same as the pinout that is used for standard Ethernet cables Do not use standard Ethernet cables Instead for best cable performance refer to the following pinout information to create this custom CAT5 cross over cable O When connecting two Polycom HDX microphone host devices a cross over cable Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 42 Polycom Inc Cables Polycom HDX Microphone Array Cable For more information about supported microphone configurations refer to the Administrator s Guide for Polycom HDX Systems This cable connects two Polycom HDX microphones together This cable can also be used with the Polycom HDX Mic
56. Polycom HDX system is registered with the calendaring service Syntax calendarplaytone get calendarplaytone lt yes no gt Parameter Description get Gets the current setting for the alert tone yes Enables the alert tone no Disables the alert tone Feedback Examples e calendarplaytone get returns calendarplaytone yes e calendarplaytone yes returns calendarplaytone yes e calendarplaytone no returns calendarplaytone no See Also See calendarremindertime command on page 4 54 Polycom Inc 4 51 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems calendarregisterwithserver 4 52 Enables or disables the calendaring service Syntax calendarregisterwithserver get calendarregisterwithserver lt yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current server registration status yes Enables the calendaring service no Disables the calendaring service Feedback Examples e calendarregisterwithserver returns calendarregisterwithserver e calendarregisterwithserver returns calendarregisterwithserver e calendarregisterwithserver returns calendarregisterwithserver Comments get no yes yes no no To configure the Microsoft Exchange server address used by the calendaring service use the calendarserver command on page 4 56 Polycom Inc calendarremindertime System Commands Gets and sets the reminder time for meetings in the ca
57. RJ 45 connector pinout is custom For best performance follow the wiring tables shown in this document If standard Ethernet cables are used signal integrity cannot be guaranteed and degraded performance may occur especially at longer lengths 2 48 Polycom Inc Cables Audio Adapter Cable This cable adapts the Polycom HDX system Phoenix audio connectors to eee od standard RCA audio cables such as the Audio Cable on page Audio Cable on page 2 50 It is dual male Phoenix to dual female RCA connectors red white Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1 ft 0 3 m 2457 23492 001 Yes A ie REF 2 6 REF DETAIL A SCALE 2 000 305412 50 8 JI PI M g SHELL R ps O Q 7 O a ts REF 9 1 REF WIRING LIST CONDUCTOR Ar CENTER Ar SHELL A DRAIN CENTER SHELL B DRAIN INSTALL JUMPER BETWEEN CONTACT 2 AND CONTACT 3 OF BOTH PI amp P2 AS SHOWN IN DETAIL A Bt CENTER de J2 Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 49 Integrator s Reference Manual
58. Sets or gets the content presentation settings for Monitor 1 or Monitor 2 Syntax configpresentation get configpresentation lt monitor1 monitor2 gt get configpresentation monitorl lt near far content near or far content or near content or far al1 none gt configpresentation monitor2 lt near far content near or far content or near content or far al1 none gt configpresentation monitor1 value monitor2 value Parameter Description get Returns the current settings for the active monitors monitorl Specifies settings for Monitor 1 monitor2 Specifies settings for Monitor 2 near Selects near site video as the video source to display on the specified monitor far Selects far site video as the video source to display on the specified monitor content Selects content as the video source to display on the specified monitor near or far Selects both near site and far site video as video sources to display on the specified monitor content or near Selects both near site video and content as video sources to display on the specified monitor content or far Selects both content and far site video as video sources to display on the specified monitor all Selects content near site video and far site video as video sources for the specified monitor none Clears all video sources for the specified monitor value Sets presentation mode for both monitors 4 79
59. a Polycom HDX system using e A DVI to VGA Monitor Cable on page 2 17 e B 8 pin mini DIN to DB 9 on page 2 40 e C VGA extension cable To provide XGA output 1024x768 you must install the optional Sony HFBK XG1 card into the slot on the back of the Sony BRC H700 PTZ camera DY Up to 100 ft IOIOIO 0 part number 1517 52689 001 for cable A The VGA DVI A adapter is a solid overmolded adapter that connects to the Polycom HDX 9000 Series system side of cable C and adapts from cable C s VGA connector to a DVI A connector to plug into the Polycom HDX 9000 Series system O Another option is to use a VGA cable for cable C and to use a VGA DVI A adapter Polycom Inc 1 17 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Connecting Vaddio and Canon Cameras Refer to the release notes for a list of supported Pan Tilt Zoom PTZ cameras Vaddio or Canon PTZ as the Main or Second Camera To connect a Vaddio or Canon PTZ camera to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series system as the main or second camera You can connect a Vaddio 70 Vaddio 100 or Canon with VISCA cable shoe PTZ camera to a Polycom HDX system using e A HDCI VISCA Adapter Cable on page 2 32 e B DB 9 serial cable e C S Video Cable on page 2 14 ri Up to 100 ft iy Upto 100 ft roost CJ E men ees mm mm md o GE A separate power supply is
60. a Vortex Mixer to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series System 1 23 Connecting a Polycom SoundStructure C Series Mixer to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series System 0 00000 e eee 1 24 2 Cables Network Cables voir o A cranes stew an Wee a sins 2 1 CAT 5e LAN Cable 1 1 ee eee eee EENE ipie 2 1 LAN Cable pe ept ee tia bb et adas 2 3 ISDN Cable sick stich invita AA AR it 2 4 Analog Telephone POTS Cable 0 0000 2 6 V 35 RS 449 RS 530 Serial Adapter 0 000008 2 7 V 35 NIC Cable invalid ibn tithe ata Pia 2 8 V 35 and RS 366 Serial Cable 0 eee eee eee 2 9 RS 449 and RS 366 Serial Cable 0 000 e eee eee 2 10 RS 530 with RS 366 Serial Cable 0 000 e eee eee 2 12 Video and Camera Cables 0 eee ee eee ee tenes 2 14 S Video Cable iii io ide ade bad bane 6 2 14 BNC to S Video Cable 0 2 15 Polycom Inc Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems BNC to S Video Adapter 0 0 eee eee eee eee 2 16 DVI to VGA Monitor Cable 00 2 17 HDMI Monitor Cable s onr eseri sioti ura eee ee eee eee 2 18 BNC Monitor Adapter Cable 0 eee eee eee 2 19 Polycom HDX Component Monitor Cable ooooommoo 2 20 HDX Component Video Cable 0 0 cee eee eee eee 2 21 DVI D Monitor Cable 0 0 cee eee eee eee eee 2 22 Component A V Monitor Cable 0000 2 23 HDCI Anal
61. and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 8 Polycom Inc V 35 and RS 366 Serial Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to third party network equipment It is used with the V 35 RS 449 RS 530 serial adapter on page V 35 RS 449 RS 530 Serial Adapter on page 2 7 to connect to network equipment that has a V 35 RS 366 interface It is HD 44 M to Y Winchester 34M RS 366 DB 25M and is used with Polycom HDX systems that have a serial network interface card NIC installed Cables Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 5 ft 1 65 m 2457 10609 200 Yes Male Pin Enlarged View A A Male Pin Enlarged View C C uuuuuuUU ERA Il Over Mold Black DB 44 MALE Strain Relief 3X Over Mold 35 MALE Over Mold Black DB2S MALE Black Polycom Inc Je anannann J3 000000000000 Male Pin Enlarged Vi
62. current setting yes Displays the Directory button on the Home screen no Removes the Directory button from the Home screen Feedback Examples directory yes returns directory yes directory no returns directory no directory get returns directory no Polycom Inc System Commands display deprecated Polycom Inc Displays information about the current call or the system With the implementation of the callinfo command on page 4 63 and whoami command on page 4 346 this command has been deprecated Syntax display call display whoami Parameter Description call Displays the following information about the current call call ID status speed the number to which this system is connected whoami Returns information about the current system Feedback Examples display call returns Call ID Status SpeedDialed Num 34CM_CALLINFO_CONNECTED 384192 168 1 101 display whoami returns Hi my name is Polycom HDX Demo Here is what I know about myself Model HDX9004 Serial Number 82065205E72EC1 Software Version Release 2 5 30Nov2008 11 30 Build Information root on domain polycom com FPGA Revision 4 3 0 Main Processor BSP15 Time In Last Call 0 43 50 Total Time In Calls 87 17 17 Total Calls 819 SNTP Time Service auto insync ntp1 polycom com Local Time is Wed 30 Nov 2008 Network Interface NONE IP Video Number 192 168 1 101 ISDN Video Number 7005551212 MP Enabled
63. during H 331 calls This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax h331videoprotocol lt get h264 h263 h263 h261 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting h264 h263 h263 h261 Sets the video protocol to this value for H 331 calls Feedback Examples e h331videoprotocol h264 returns h331videoprotocol h264 e h331videoprotocol h263 returns h331videoprotocol h263 e h33lvideoprotocol get returns h331videoprotocol h263 Comments This value cannot be changed during a call Polycom Inc 4 169 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems hangup 4 170 Hangs up the current video or phone call Syntax hangup phone hangup video callid hangup all Parameter Description phone Disconnects the current analog phone audio only site video Disconnects the current video call If the callid parameter is omitted the system disconnects all video far sites in the call all Disconnects all video and audio sites in the call Feedback Examples hangup video returns hanging up video hangup video 42 returns hanging up video and disconnects the specified site leaving other sites connected If callstate register is used for notifications hangup video 42 returns hanging up video cleared cal1 42 dialstring 1P 192 168 1 101 NAME Polycom HDX Demo ended call 42 an
64. e pisdninfo both returns ipisdninfo both e ipisdninfo get returns ipisdninfo both 4 185 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems ipprecaudio ipprecfecc ipprecvideo Sets or gets the IP Precedence priority level Type of Service Value for audio far end camera control FECC and other call control channels and video The value for each can be between 0 and 7 Syntax ipprecaudio get ipprecaudio set 0 7 ipprecfecc get ipprecfecc set 0 7 ipprecvideo get ipprecvideo set 0 7 Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the IP precedence A priority level is required This must be an integer in the range 0 7 Feedback Examples e pprecaudio set 5 returns ipprecaudio 5 e pprecaudio get returns ipprecaudio 5 Comments The ipprecfecc command is equivalent to the Control setting in the user interface If the typeofservice command on page 4 311 is set to diffserv these commands are not applicable 4 186 Polycom Inc ipstat Polycom Inc System Commands Returns the LAN host name WINS resolution DHCP IP address DNS servers 1 4 default gateway WINS server and subnet mask Syntax ipstat Feedback Examples ipstat returns hostname My winsresolution no dhcp client ipaddress 192 168 1 101 dnsserver 192 168 1 102 dnsserverl 192 168 1 103 dnsserver2 192 168 1 104 dnsserver3 0 0 0 0 defaultgateway 192 168 1 105 subn
65. for Polycom HDX Systems Audio Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to an external audio system It is used with the Audio Adapter cable on page Audio Cable on page 2 50 It has dual RCA connectors red white on both ends The maximum approved length for this cable is 100 ft 30 m Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 25 ft 7 6 m 2457 0921 2 002 Yes 9 ft 10 in 3 m 2457 09212 010 Yes RED INSULATION 2X GIN 0 5 IN OVER MOLD RCA CONNECTORS Y x 25 FEET 3 RED C O wn 0 Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no we responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 50 Polycom Inc Cables Vortex Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a Polycom Vortex mixer It has sy four mini Phoenix connectors and one DB 9 connector on each end E Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 6 ft 1 8 m 2457 21978 200 Yes y 1829 0 50 gt le 203 REF gt a 1422 0 gt 203 REF gt 9 POSITION P2 D SUBMINIATURE E 9 POSITION PLUG gt D SUBMINIATURE RECEPTACLE P1 ou
66. for the setting to take effect 4 121 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems e encryption Sets or gets the AES encryption mode for the system Syntax encryption lt get yes no requiredvideocallsonly requiredallcalls gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Use encryption when the far site is capable of encryption Note This parameter is called When Available in the user interface no Disables encryption Note This parameter is called Off in the user interface requiredvideocal1sonly Enforces encryption on all video endpoints Any video calls to or from systems that do not have encryption enabled are not connected Audio only calls are connected requiredallcalls Enforces encryption on all endpoints Any video or audio calls to or from systems that do not have encryption enabled are rejected and are not connected Feedback Examples e encryption yes returns encryption yes e encryption no returns encryption no e encryption get returns encryption no e encryption requiredvideocallsonly returns encryption requiredvideocal lsonly e encryption requiredallcalls returns encryption requiredallcalls 4 122 Polycom Inc System Commands Comments You cannot use this command while a call is in progress Using this command while the system is in a call returns an error command has illegal parameters message Polycom Inc 4 123 Integra
67. get returns alertusertone 1 4 17 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems alertvideotone Sets the tone used for incoming video calls Syntax alertvideotone lt get 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 1 1213 4 5 617 8 9 10 Sets the incoming video alert to the corresponding tone Feedback Examples e alertvideotone 1 returns alertvideotone 1 e alertvideotone get returns alertvideotone 1 4 18 Polycom Inc all register Polycom Inc System Commands Registers for most commonly used user registration events Syntax all register Feedback Examples e all register returns callstate registered camera registered chaircontrol registered linestate registered mute registered pip registered popupinfo registered preset registered screen registered vcbutton registered volume registered sleep registered Comments Registers changes to any of the following types of parameters e Current near site or far site source e State of privacy e Current volume level e Active camera presets e Status of point to point or multipoint calls e Status of physical ISDN IP connection to codec e PIP state e Chair control e System information This command is particularly useful when two different control systems are being used simultaneously such as the web and API commands The system maintains the registration cha
68. gets the ISDN SPID numbers assigned to the BRI lines used by the system This command is only applicable if you have a BRI network interface connected to your system Syntax spidnum get lt al1 1b1 1b2 2b1 2b2 3b1 3b2 4b1 4b2 gt spidnum set lt 1b1 1b2 2b1 2b2 3b1 3b2 4b1 4b2 gt spid number Parameter Description get Returns the current SPID number associated with a B channel of a particular line all Returns SPIDs for all channels of all lines 1b1 1b2 2b1 2b2 3b1 The line and B channel Valid values are 3b2 4b1 4b2 1b1BRI line 1 B channel 1 1b2BRI line 1 B channel 2 2b1BRI line 2 B channel 1 2b2BRI line 2 B channel 2 3b1BRI line 3 B channel 1 3b2BRI line 3 B channel 2 4b1BRI line 4 B channel 1 4b2BRI line 4 B channel 2 set Sets the SPID number for a B channel line when followed by the number parameter To erase the current setting omit number spid number Numeric string SPID numbers are generally provided by your network service provider Feedback Examples e spidnum get all returns spidnum 1b1 7005551212 spidnum 1b2 7005552323 spidnum 2b1 7005553434 spidnum 2b2 7005554545 spidnum 3b1 7005555656 spidnum 3b2 7005556767 spidnum 4b1 7005557878 spidnum 4b2 7005558989 if 4 lines with channels 1b1 through 4b2 are attached in the above format 4 298 Polycom Inc System Commands e spidnum set 1b1 returns spidnum 1b1 lt empty gt e spidn
69. gmsstate Texas Polycom Inc gmstechsupport Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the Global Management System technical support phone number Syntax gmstechsupport get gmstechsupport set tech_support_digits Parameter Description get Returns the current tech support phone number information set Sets the technical support information when followed by the tech_support_digits parameter To erase the current setting omit tech_support_digits tech_support_digits Numeric string specifying the tech support phone number Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example 408 555 2323 Feedback Examples gmstechsupport get returns gmstechsupport lt empty gt gmstechsupport set 408 555 2323 returns gmstechsupport 4085552323 gmstechsupport get returns gmstechsupport 4085552323 4 161 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gmsurl Gets the URL of the Global Management System server that manages your system This command automatically appends pwx vs_status asp Syntax gmsurl get 1 10 gmsurl get all Parameter Description get Returns the current URL information for a selected server A server must be specified 1 10 Global Management System server number The primary Global Management System server that performs account validation is always server 1 all Returns in
70. granted chaircontrol view 1 1 granted e chaircontrol hangup_term 1 4 returns chaircontrol del_term 1 4 chaircontrol terminal 1 4 left conference cleared cal1 34 dialstring IP 192 168 1 101 NAME Polycom HDX Demo ended cal1 34 Comments Terminal numbers are set by the MCU and are of the form x y where x is the MCU and y is the participant You only need to enclose a parameter in quotes if it contains a space Polycom Inc System Commands cmdecho Turns command echoing on or off Syntax cmdecho lt on off gt Parameter Description on Turns on command echoing so that everything you type is echoed on the screen off Turns off command echoing so that nothing you type is echoed on the screen Feedback Examples e cmdecho on returns cmdecho on e cmdecho off returns cmdecho off Comments This setting defaults to on every time the system powers up You might want to turn off command echoing when sending batches of commands in an init script to simplify the output Polycom Inc 4 73 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems colorbar 4 74 Turns the video diagnostics color bars on or off Syntax colorbar lt on off gt Parameter Description on Turns on the color bar test pattern off Turns off the color bar test pattern Feedback Examples e colorbar on returns colorbar on e colorbar off returns colorbar off Polycom
71. gt Parameter Description get Returns the current baud rate setting 9600 14400 19200 Sets the RS 232 port to this baud rate 38400 57600 115200 Feedback Examples 4 274 rs232 baud returns rs232 baud rs232 baud returns rs232 baud rs232port1 returns rs232port1 rs232port1 returns rs232port1 9600 9600 get 9600 baud 14400 baud 14400 baud get baud 14400 Polycom Inc System Commands rs232 mode rs232portl mode Polycom Inc The rs232 mode command sets or gets the operational mode of the first RS 232 port For systems with two serial ports use rs232port1 mode to set the mode for the second serial port Syntax rs232 mode lt get passthru control debug camera_ptz closed_caption vortex_mixer cps interactive_touch_board polycom_annotation smartboard pointmaker gt rs232port1 mode lt get passthru control debug camera_ptz closed_caption vortex_mixer cps interactive_touch_board polycom_annotation smartboard pointmaker gt Parameter Description get Returns the current mode setting passthru Sets the RS 232 port to Pass Thru mode contol Sets the RS 232 port to Control mode debug Sets the RS 232 port to Debug mode camera_ptz Sets the RS 232 port to Camera PTZ mode closed_caption Sets the RS 232 port to Closed Caption mode vortex_mixer Sets the RS 232 port to Vortex Mixer mode board interactive_touch_ Sets the RS 23
72. info event notification not active sleep See Also To wake the system from sleep mode use the wake command on page 4 342 Polycom Inc sleeptext Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the text to be displayed with the logo for 15 seconds as the system goes into sleep mode Syntax sleeptext get sleeptext set text Parameter Description get Returns the current text set Sets the text to be displayed on the screen saver when followed by the text parameter To erase the current setting omit text text Screen saver text to be displayed when the system is in sleep mode Enclose the text in quotation marks if it includes spaces Feedback Examples e sleeptext set returns sleeptext lt empty gt e sleeptext set Pick up the remote control to use the system returns sleeptext Pick up the remote control to use the system 4 289 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems sleeptime Sets or gets the wait time value before the system goes to sleep and displays the screen saver Syntax sleeptime lt get 0 1 3 15 30 60 120 240 480 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 0 1 3 15 30 60 120 2401480 Sets the number of minutes from last user interaction to entering sleep mode The default value is 3 A value of 0 indicates that the system will never go to sleep Feedback Examples
73. interoperability with the host network Set mtumode to specify then use mtusize to specify a value If mtumode is set to default the system automatically sets the MTU value to 1260 Syntax mtumode lt get default specify gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting default Sets the Maximum Transmission Unit size to the default value of 1260 specify Allows you to specify a Maximum Transmission Unit size other than the default setting Feedback Examples mtumode returns mtumode mtumode returns mtumode mtumode returns mtumode mtusize returns mtusize mtumode returns default default specify specify get specify 660 660 foo error command has illegal parameters See Also See also the related mtusize command on page 4 227 Polycom Inc 4 225 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems mtusize 4 226 Sets or gets the MTU size The mtumode and mtusize commands allow you to change the Maximum Transmission Unit MTU size to adjust for the best interoperability with the host network Set mtumode to specify then use mtusize to specify a value If mtumode is set to default the system automatically sets the MTU value to 1260 Syntax mtusize lt get 660 780 900 1020 1140 1260 1500 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 660 780 900 1020 Sets the value of the Maximum Transmission Unit size 1140 1260 1
74. lt connection status gt lt cal speed gt lt status specific cause code from call engine gt lt calltype gt captions Registers the system to capture closed captions as they appear on the screen in the following format notification caption lt caption string gt linestatus Registers the system to receive line status notifications as they occur in the following format notification linestatus lt direction gt lt call id gt lt line id gt lt channel id gt lt connection status gt mutestatus Registers the system to receive changes in audio mute status in the following format notification mutestatus lt near or far gt lt call id gt lt site name gt lt site number gt lt mute status gt screenchanges Registers the system to receive notification when a user interface screen is displayed in the following format notification screenchange lt screen name gt lt screen def name gt 4 234 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands Parameter Description sysstatus Registers the system to receive system status notifications in the following format notification sysstatus lt sys parameter name gt lt valuel gt lt value2 gt sysalerts Registers the system to receive system alerts in the following format notification sysalert lt alert name gt lt valuel gt lt value2 gt vidsourcechanges Registers the system to r
75. mode The camera will move a small amount in the direction specified and then stop No stop command is required source Returns the number of the near or far camera source currently selected getposition Gets the pan tilt and zoom coordinates of the currently selected PTZ camera in the format of pan tilt zoom setposition x y Z Sets the pan x tilt y and zoom z coordinates of the currently selected PTZ camera Camera PTZ range 880 lt pan lt 880 300 lt tilt lt 300 0 lt zoom lt 1023 Note Some D30 cameras might not be able to reach the designed range limit For example although the pan limit is 880 the camera might only be able to reach 860 ppcip Specifies People Content IP as the main video source if it is running and connected to the system for people 2 5 Sets the source for the specified camera to People for content 2 5 Sets the source for the specified camera to Content list content Gets a list of cameras configured as Content register Registers to receive feedback when the user changes the camera source Returns the current camera registration state when followed by the get parameter unregister Unregisters to receive feedback when the user changes the camera source Feedback Examples camera far 2 specifies camera 2 at the far site and returns camera far 2 camera far move left causes the far site camer
76. not exist the call is disconnected This option is only available if Required Account Number to Dial is enabled 4 326 Polycom Inc System Commands vcbutton Controls a content video source It can also register or unregister the API session to receive notification of content events Syntax vcbutton play 2 5 vcbutton lt get stop register unregister gt vcbutton map lt get 2 5 gt vcbutton source get Parameter Description play Starts sending the content from the specified content video source If no content video source is specified starts sending content from the default content video source Starts content from any content video source without the need to change source mapping and without needing to stop the currently playing content video source Fails and does not stop the current content video source if the specified content video source is not valid Stops the current content video source if the specified content video source is valid but is currently unavailable 2 5 Specifies a content video source get Returns the current setting play or stop stop Stops sending content from the content video source that is currently playing register Registers the API session to receive notifications about content events unregister Unregisters the API session to receive notifications about content events map get Gets the content video source currently specified for control
77. of the specified ISDN BRI line This command is only applicable if you have a BRI network interface connected to your system 4 38 Syntax brilenable lt get yes no gt bri2enable lt get yes no gt bri3enable lt get yes no gt bri4enable lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the status of the BRI line yes if enabled no if disabled yes Enables the BRI line no Disables the BRI line Feedback Examples e brilenable yes returns brilenable yes e brilenable no returns brilenable no e brilenable get returns brilenable no Polycom Inc briallenable Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the configuration of all ISDN BRI lines This command is only applicable if you have a BRI network interface connected to your system Syntax briallenable lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the status of all BRI lines yes if enabled no if disabled yes Enables all BRI lines no Disables all BRI lines Feedback Examples e briallenable yes returns brilenable yes bri2enable yes bri3enable yes bri4enable yes e briallenable no returns brilenable no bri2enable no bri3enable no bri4enable no e briallenable get returns brilenable no bri2enable no bri3enable no bri4enable no Comments briallenable yes only enables lines where the directory numbers have been populated 4 39 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HD
78. or gets the Global Management System country information Syntax gmscountry get gmscountry set countryname Parameter Description get Returns the current country setting set Sets the Global Management System country information when followed by the countryname parameter To erase the current setting omit countryname countryname Character string specifying the country Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example United States Feedback Examples e gmscountry get returns gmscountry lt empty gt e gmscountry set Argentina returns gmscountry Argentina e gmscountry get returns gmscountry Argentina Polycom Inc 4 159 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gmsstate 4 160 Sets or gets the Global Management System state information Syntax gmsstate get gmsstate set state Parameter Description get Returns the current state information set Sets the Global Management System state information when followed by the state parameter To erase the current setting omit the state parameter state Character string specifying the state information Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example West Virginia Feedback Examples e gmsstate get returns gmsstate lt empty gt e gmsstate set Texas returns gmsstate Texas e gmsstate get returns
79. password enter a pair of single quotes to denote an empty password 4 286 Polycom Inc System Commands showpopup Displays a message box in the user interface Syntax showpopup text to display Parameter Description text to display Message to display to users Enclose the text in quotation marks if it contains a space Feedback Examples e showpopup The conference will resume in three minutes returns showpopup The conference will resume in three minutes and displays the message box in the user interface Comments Sending this command displays the message as a popup dialog in the user interface along with an alert tone Polycom Inc 4 287 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems sleep 4 288 Puts the system in sleep mode within 15 seconds and returns sleep Syntax sleep sleep lt register unregister gt Parameter Description sleep Puts the system in sleep mode if not followed by other parameters register Registers for sleep or wake events unregister Unregisters from sleep or wake events Feedback Examples sleep returns sleep and puts the system in sleep mode within 15 seconds sleep register returns sleep registered If entered again sleep register returns info event notification already active sleep sleep unregister returns sleep unregistered If entered again sleep unregister returns
80. req_term_name term_no req_vas set_broadcaster term_no set_term_name term_no stop_view view term_no view_broadcaster term_name Parameter Description end_conf Ends the call and returns the same feedback as hangup_term for each site in the call hangup_term Disconnects the specified site from the call term_no list Lists the sites in the call rel_chair Releases the chair register Registers to receive feedback on all chair control operations unregister Unregisters stops feedback on all chair control operations req_chair Requests the chair req_floor Requests the floor req_term_name Requests the name for the specified terminal number term_no req_vas Requests voice activated switching set_broadcaster Requests the specified terminal to become the term_no broadcaster set_term_name Sets the name for the specified terminal number term_no term_name 4 71 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 72 Parameter Description stop_view Stops viewing the specified terminal view term_no Views the specified terminal view_broadcaster Views the broadcaster Feedback Examples e chaircontrol rel_chair returns chaircontrol rel_chair granted chaircontrol view 1 1 granted e chaircontrol reg_vas returns chaircontrol req_vas
81. setting omit number number Numeric string specifying the gateway number Feedback Examples e gatewaynumber set 5551212 returns gatewaynumber 5551212 e gatewaynumber get returns gatewaynumber 5551212 4 142 Polycom Inc System Commands gatewaynumbertype Sets or gets the Gateway Number Type which can be either Direct Inward Dial DID or Number Extension Syntax gatewaynumbertype lt get did number extension gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting did Indicates that the gateway number is a direct inward dial number it has no extension number extension Indicates that the gateway number includes an extension This option allows the call to go through directly it dials the Gateway Number Extension as one number Feedback Examples e gatewaynumbertype did returns gatewaynumbertype direct_inward_dial e gatewaynumbertype number extension returns gatewaynumbertype number_plus_extension e gatewaynumbertype get returns gatewaynumbertype number_plus_extension Polycom Inc 4 143 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gatewayprefix 4 144 Sets or gets the gateway prefixes for the corresponding speeds Syntax gatewayprefix get valid speed gatewayprefix set valid speed value Parameter Description get When followed by the valid speed parameter returns the current value for this
82. signaling between our equipment and the switch these channels are numbered 1 15 17 31 But the PRI Status screen numbers these channels contiguously in the range 1 30 Therefore on the PRI Status screen channels 1 15 control the status of timeslots 1 15 and channels 16 30 control the status of timeslots 17 31 Polycom Inc System Commands pricsu Sets or gets the PRI CSU mode for a T1 interface Syntax pricsu lt get internal external gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting internal Sets the internal CSU mode This is the default external Sets the external CSU mode When selected you must specify the PRI line buildout Feedback Examples e pricsu internal returns pricsu internal e pricsu external returns pricsu external e pricsu get returns pricsu external Comments By default the T1 PRI network interface module is set for internal CSU mode See Also The PRI line buildout for a T1 interface is set using the prilinebuildout command on page 4 259 Polycom Inc 4 255 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems e e pridialchannels Sets or gets the number of PRI channels to dial in parallel This command is only applicable if you have a PRI network interface connected to your system Syntax pridialchannels get pridialchannels set 1 n Parameter Description set Sets the number of PRI channels to be dialed in parallel w
83. that can be used with a Polycom HDX system Please note that drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Compliance information is provided for the Restriction of certain Hazardous Substances Directive RoHS Network Cables CAT 5e LAN Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to the LAN It has orange RJ 45 a connectors on both ends It meets category 5e requirements and is wired according to EIA TIA 568B The maximum approved length for this cable is 100 ft 30 m on an 802 network Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 12 ft 3 6 m 2457 23537 001 Yes 3658425 2X MOLDED STRAIN RELIEF WIRING LIST PI P2 T568BPair COLOR CODE WHITE ORANGE ORANGE BLUE WHITE BLUE GREEN 2 2 3 WHITE GREEN 3 4 WHITE BROWN 4 ela ofa e wiro ela omar e wiro BROWN Polycom Inc 24 AWG STRANDED COPPER CATEGORY SE CABLE 2 1 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters
84. the P1 connector remove either connector from the cable and continue with step 2 The following tables show the color coding for the cable wiring VENDOR 1 VENDOR 2 COLOR AWG PI PZ COLOR AWG P1 P2 RED 28 10 rA 2 BLUE 28 10 2 ORANGE 28 14 x l 6 YELLOW 28 14 X pe 6 YELLOW 28 2 10 ORANGE 28 2 10 GREEN 28 6 XX 14 GREEN 28 6 Xbox 14 WHITE 24 13 J 13 BLACK 24 13 13 BLACK 24 9 9 WHITE 24 9 9 DRAIN WIRE 3 3 DRAIN WIRE 3 3 SHIELD SHELL SHELL SHIELD SHELL SHELL P1 P2 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 P1 P2 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Cables 2 If you are not sure which connector you cut off use the following tables to perform a continuity check between the connector and the cable colors If you cut off P1 skip to step 4 If you cut off P2 continue with step 3 VENDOR 1 P1 COLOR AWG PI RED 28 10 ORANGE 28 14 YELLOW 28 2 GREEN 28 6 WHITE 24 13 BLACK 24 9 DRAIN WIRE 3 SHIELD SHELL P1 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 VENDOR 1 P2 COLOR AWG P2 RED 2812 ORANGE 28 6 X YELLOW 28 10 GREEN 28 14 X WHITE 24 13 BLACK 24 9 DRAIN WIRE 3 SHIELD SHELL P2 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 VENDOR 2 P1 COLOR AWG P1 BLUE 28 10 ee ae YELLOW 28
85. the language that will display on the system Syntax language lt set get gt language set lt arabic chinese englishuk englishus french german hungarian italian japanese korean norwegian polish portuguese russian spanish traditional_chinese gt Parameter Description get Returns the current language used on the system set Sets the specified language Requires a language parameter Feedback Examples e language set german returns language german e language get returns language german Polycom Inc lanport Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the LAN port settings of the system Syntax lanport lt get auto autohdx autofdx 10hdx 10fdx 100hdx 100fdx 1000hdx 1000fdx gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting auto autohdx autofdx 10hdx 10F dx 100hdx 100F dx 1000hdx 1000fdx Sets the LAN speed and duplex mode auto Automatically negotiates the LAN speed and duplex mode autohdx Automatically negotiates the LAN speed but specifies half duplex mode autofdx Automatically negotiates the LAN speed but specifies full duplex mode 10hdx 10 Mbps half duplex 10fdx 10 Mbps full duplex 100hdx 100 Mbps half duplex 100fdx 100 Mbps full duplex 1000hdx 1000 Mbps half duplex 1000fdx 1000 Mbps full duplex Feedback Examples e Tanport auto returns lanport auto restart system for e Ta
86. the line and waits 1 5 seconds The number is then dialed with a 80 ms tone period followed by a 80 ms silence period for each digit This section provides information about the IR signals for Polycom HDX systems liability for programmed third party remote control devices This information is provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or Notes Wake up 2 6 ms on 2 6 ms off 0 559 us 22 pulses at 38 KHz on 845 us 33 pulses at 38 KHz off 1 845 us 33 pulses at 38 KHz on 1192 us 46 pulses at 38 KHz off EOM 559 us 22 pulses at 38 KHz on System Code consists of a User ID field upper nibble and the Polycom Vender Code lower nibble with value 0x5 The default User ID value is 0x3 so the default System Code value is 00110101 or 0x35 Parity is a 2 bit field consisting of a parity bit b1 and a toggle bit b0 Parity is even Inter burst timing is 2200 pulse times at 38 062 KHz or 57 8 ms 38 062 KHz signal is at 1 3 duty cycle to LED Multi bit fields are transmitted most significant bit first Bits are labeled b0 bn where b0 is the least significant bit Protocol is lt Wake up gt lt System Code gt lt Key Code gt lt Parity gt lt EOM gt Key Name Key Code Key Code Parity 1100 OCH Even E 1011 OBH Odd 0 110000 30H Even 1 110001 31H Odd 2 110010 32H Odd Polycom Inc Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems
87. the password to send to the MCU Polycom Inc System Commands meetingpassword Sets the meeting password Syntax meetingpassword set password Parameter Description set Sets the meeting password if followed by the password parameter To erase the current setting omit the password parameter password User defined password Valid characters are A through Z lower and uppercase _ Q j and 0 through 9 The length is limited to 33 characters The password cannot include spaces Feedback Examples e meetingpassword set psswd returns meetingpassword psswd e meetingpassword set My psswd returns error command has illegal parameters Comments To receive a notification that the password has failed you must use the popupinfo register command to register the current API session to receive popup text See Also See also the related popupinfo command on page 4 250 Polycom Inc 4 217 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems monitor deprecated 4 218 Sets or gets the aspect ratio for Monitor 1 With the implementation of the configdisplay command on page 4 77 this command has been deprecated Syntax monitorl lt get 4 3 16 9 vga gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 4 3 16 9 Sets the display aspect ratio to 4 3 standard or 16 9 wide screen vga Sets the display to VGA and cau
88. this setting is selected the microphone is muted to prevent the far site from hearing the near site when the system answers automatically Syntax muteautoanswer lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables Mute Auto Answer Calls mode The microphone will be muted when the system receives a call while in Auto Answer mode no Disables Mute Auto Answer Calls mode The microphone will not be muted when the system receives a call while in Auto Answer mode Feedback Examples e muteautoanswer yes returns muteautoanswercalls yes e muteautoanswer no returns muteautoanswercalls no e muteautoanswer get returns muteautoanswercalls no Polycom Inc natconfig System Commands Sets or gets the NAT configuration Syntax natconfig lt get auto manual off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting auto Specifies that the system is behind a NAT specifies that the system will automatically discover the public WAN address manual Specifies that the system is behind a NAT Requires the WAN address to be assigned using the wanipaddress command on page 4 343 off Disables the option when the system is not behind a NAT Feedback Examples Polycom Inc natconfig auto returns natconfig auto natconfig manual returns natconfig manual natconfig off returns natconfig off
89. time Polycom Inc Room Design and Layout delays will be recognized by the echo canceller as new audio information and it will send those distortions to the far end perhaps wreaking havoc on the system audio quality In short speaker power should be matched to overall audio subsystem power The speakers should provide adequate coverage and be able to present approximately 80 to 85dBA SPL continuous at the local site with the system operating at nominal power utilization and have a peak reserve of 15 to 20dB before distortion Range Frequency Response Video Elements Polycom Inc The human ear is able to hear sounds in a very wide range of frequencies as low as 70Hz and as high as 12 000Hz The human voice is able to produce sounds in a narrower range 100Hz to 8 000Hz Most spoken communication occurs however in a range that is only 150Hz to about 6 000Hz This means that we need to select speakers that operate with ideal performance in a fairly narrow range for human voice as opposed to speakers used for music that may have ranges of 20Hz to 20 000Hz We must also be alert to the crossover characteristics of the speakers we select Many coaxial and paraxial speakers have their crossover within the middle audio frequencies thereby inducing potential distortion within the spoken frequency range and creating anomalies within the system that hinder voice communication As a general rule any display used in a vid
90. when connecting standard S Video cables to a r Polycom HDX system It is dual BNC male to 4 pin female mini DIN Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1 ft 3 m 2457 21490 200 Yes 305 10 152 10 1 P2 OR 1 P3 ORA PI SPIRAL SHIELD Pay Kail SPIRAL SHIELD POS 2 Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 16 Polycom Inc Cables DVI to VGA Monitor Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system DVI I output to a VGA monitor It can also be used to connect a computer to one of the DVI A video inputs on a Polycom HDX system It is male DVI A to male HD 15 Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 4 ft 6 in 1 5 m 2457 25182 001 Yes 9 ft 10 in 8 m 2457 23792 001 Yes 25 ft 7 6 m 2457 23792 025 Yes CABLE Reo cr f 1 f o center ereen ce 2 oe center Brue c3 3 os center H syne Cca e ae ROUND GREEN ROUND BLUE E poc soa___ 7 e es vse 8 ta ta EC er EEE 16 s re a 10 sureto smert suet co f
91. worries HUMANE Me ane ee 4 162 SMSC hss Hie bed ache tania ease es sees Bee aul Be ek as 4 163 A239 EN Ade iii ei ed Sree kee 4 164 ASILO AMES peee cose e Loe ey Owe te ER 4 165 HSS lavidiOmoOde eosin oases ose A Vil Be eae 4 166 H3SidualstreaM is circ cs whew wires whe eae A R 4 167 h33 lframerate e succionar a a haw eee eas 4 168 h33lvideotOrmat tices ii Rae Ama nas dea 4 169 h33lvideoprotocol sisse deus dees tia steak ke ey ase Va be as 4 170 HAN GUP 5s a SSIES wa Tea Ee ba E ee tt 4 171 history REN 4 172 homiecallquality sou sowie be Gok eS eee eases ae ate 4 173 homemultipoint deprecated 1 0 00 0 eee eee eee 4 174 homerecentealls veo ici e a eect a ee 4 175 HOMES YStOMD di is PSs on ah Awa stew Rs eA Ra Aes aa 4 176 x Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Contents homesystemnamMe A dea AAS Lee 4 177 HOStMAM Es 5 4 nso Sats RS 4 178 iMPoOrtdirectOry ica oa sa SEAS Sasa See Ree eens 4 180 ipaddress ui md eee eee SR ee Tat 4 183 ipdialspeed ia ed aia 4 184 PISANIN O viii ak eA A A RN 4 186 ipprecaudio ipprecfecc ipprecvideo 0 0 02 4 187 IpStat inicia a aaa ade SESS 4 188 isdniareacode AA A FE Ree URNS 4 189 ISANEQUN LYCOS A ep eee oo wee ORs 4 190 isdndialingprefix ss oia ia BWA aa ae Baas 4 191 isdnidialspeed vrai ia 4 192 E RA 4 194 SAS Witt A NA E AR toy SA NGS ody ae 4 195 keypadaudioconl nassa ie ieai a ese Se eee es ee bes 4 196 langage AA RI 4 197 lan POLE eine tee Rie eee ene La A ee AR
92. 0 dialstr 5551212 state CONNECTED cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 5551212 state CONNECTED cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 5551212 state COMPLETE cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 5551212 state COMPLETE active call 44 speed 64 dial addressbook John Polycom returns dialing addressbook John Polycom If registered for callstate notifications callstate register the API returns cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 192 168 1 101 state ALLOCATED cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 192 168 1 101 state RINGING cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 192 168 1 101 state BONDING cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 192 168 1 101 state BONDING cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 192 168 1 101 state COMPLETE active call 44 speed 384 Notes The BONDING responses in IP calls are extraneous text that will be removed in a subsequent software version Call ID call 44 is an example of the response The Call ID number depends upon the call type If registered for callstatus notifications notify callstatus the API returns notification callstatus outgoing 45 null 1 opened 0 videocal 1 notification callstatus outgoing 45 Polycom Austin 192 168 1 101 connecting 384 0 videocal 1 4 93 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 94 notification callstatus outgoing 45 Polycom Austin 192 168 1 101 connected 384 0 videocal1 Note The call ID number 45 is an example of the response The Call ID number depends upon the call type
93. 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 spd 384 num 192 168 1 101 abk 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 spd 384 num 192 168 1 102 abk range 0 2 done Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands Comments Beginning in software version 2 5 entries with multiple addresses for example an H 323 address and an ISDN number return each address type on separate lines with an incremented record number With previous software versions entries with multiple addresses return each address type with the same record number abk entries are entries stored on the system gabk entries are entries stored on the GDS In the user interface the address book and global address book features are referred to as the directory and the global directory See Also To return global directory entries use the gabk deprecated command on page 4 131 4 11 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems addrbook Returns local directory address book entries Syntax addrbook all addrbook batch 0 59 addrbook batch search pattern count addrbook batch define start_no stop_no addrbook letter a z addrbook range start_no stop_no addrbook refresh Parameter Description all Returns all the entries in the local directory batch Returns a batch of 10 local directory entries Requires a batch number which must be an integer in the range 0 59 search Specifies a batch search pattern
94. 1120 1152 1176 1216 1232 1280 1288 21x64 1400 1408 1456 1472 1512 1536 1568 1600 1624 1664 1680 1728 28x64 1856 1920 all The parameter all lists all the available speeds and their associated dialing prefixes value The dialing suffix which is a function of your DCE Consult the DCE user guide for information Feedback Examples e v35suffix set 128 returns v35suffix 128 lt empty gt e v35suffix set 128 4 2 returns v35suffix 128 4 2 and associates the dialing suffix 4 2 with the speed 128 e v35suffix get 128 returns v35suffix 128 4 2 See Also See the v35profile command on page 4 325 4 325 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems validateacctnum Sets or gets the validation for the Global Management System account number that is used when dialing out Syntax validateacctnum lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the Global Management System account number validation option no Disables the Global Management System account number validation option Feedback Examples e validateacctnum yes returns validateacctnum yes e validateacctnum no returns validateacctnum no e validateacctnum get returns validateacctnum no Comments When the call connects the system verifies that the account exists with the Global Management System server If the account does
95. 14 1024 hd polycom com 1024 EEE TE REA A nd o Polycom_Test PA ae TT yy ae 3 J J J Polycom_Austin_HD abk 2 Po ycom Austin HD importcomplete returns importdirectory succeeded Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands Comments When importing XML formatted data the imported data must be in the same format as was obtained from the Polycom HDX system via the exportdirectory command on page 4 126 or the export directory utility in the web interface Duplicate entries are overwritten other entries in the imported directory are added into the system s local directory All of the lines entered into the session after importdi rectory is issued are interpreted as directory data Issuing the importcomplete command on its own line indicates that the directory import is complete If no data is received for 60 seconds during import the import ends and an importdirectory timed out error response is sent to the API session All previous data entered is ignored Additional usage notes e Polycom HDX systems running software version 2 6 or later can import directory data exported from systems running version 2 6 and earlier versions e Polycom HDX systems running software versions earlier than 2 6 cannot import directory data exported by systems running software version 2 6 or later See Also See the exportdirectory command on page
96. 14 ORANGE 28 2 GREEN 28 6 XIX BLACK 24 13 WHITE 24 9 DRAIN WIRE 3 SHIELD SHELL P1 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 VENDOR 2 P2 COLOR AWG P2 BLUE 28 2 ESA YELLOW 28 6 pL ORANGE 28 10 GREEN 28 14 BLACK a B Ji WHITE 24 9 DRAIN WIRE 3 SHIELD SHELL P2 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 3 If you cut off P2 re terminate the cable with a shielded RJ 45 connector using the following tables then skip to step 5 VENDOR 1 P1 VENDOR 2 P1 COLOR AWG Pl P2 COLOR AWG P1 P2 RED 28 10 5 BLUE 28 10 a 5 ORANGE 28 14 KX 6 YELLOW 28 14 IX 6 YELLOW 28 2 X 1 ORANGE 28 2 1 GREEN 23 6 2 GREEN 2 6 2 WHITE 24 13 7 BLACK 24 13 7 BLACK 24 9 8 WHITE 24 9 8 DRAIN WIRE 3 i 3 DRAIN WIRE 3 3 SHIELD SHELL SHELL SHIELD SHELL SHELL P1 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 P1 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 P2 RJ 45 shielded plug Tyco 5 569552 or equivalent P2 RJ 45 shielded plug Tyco 5 569552 or equivalent 4 If you cut off P1 re terminate the cable with an RJ 45 8 pin plug using the following tables then continue with step 5 VENDOR 1 VENDOR 2 COLOR AWG P1 P2 COLOR AWG Pl P2 RED 28 1 2 BLUE 28 1 2 ORANGE 28 2 IX 6 YELLOW 28 2 ADS 6 YE
97. 2 00 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 12 00 12 00 Sets the time difference from GMT to this value 00 00 is GMT time Feedback Examples e timediffgmt 06 00 returns timediffgmt 06 00 success e timediffgmt get returns timediffgmt 06 00 success Polycom Inc 4 309 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems typeofservice Sets or gets the type of service for Quality of Service Syntax typeofservice lt get ipprecedence diffserv gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting ipprecedence Selects IP precedence service diffserv Selects DiffServ service Feedback Examples typeofservice returns typeofservice typeofservice returns typeofservice typeofservice returns either typeofservice or typeofservice See Also See the ipprecaudio ipprecfecc ipprecvideo command on page 4 187 and the diffservaudio diffservfecc diffservvideo command on page 4 98 4 310 diffserv diffserv ipprecedence ipprecedence get ipprecedence diffserv Polycom Inc udpports Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the UDP ports on the system Syntax udpports get udpports set 1024 49150 Parameter Description get Returns the current UDP port setting set Sets the UDP ports when followed by a value from the range 1024 49150 To erase the current setting omit the valu
98. 2 port to Interactive Touch Board mode smartboard Sets the RS 232 port to Interactive Touch Board mode to control a Polycom SMART board device polycom_annotation Sets the RS 232 port to Polycom Annotation mode cps pointmaker Reserved for future applications Feedback Examples e rs232 mode control returns rs232 mode control e rs232portl mode closed_caption returns rs232port1 mode closed_caption 4 275 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems e rs232port1 mode get returns rs232port1 mode closed_caption 4 276 Polycom Inc rs366dialing System Commands Sets or gets RS 366 dialing This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax rs366dialing lt get on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Enables RS 366 dialing off Disables RS 366 dialing Feedback Examples e rs366dialing on returns rs366dialing on e rs366dialing off returns rs366dialing off e rs366dialing get returns rs366dialing off Comments Enable this option if you want to call from the system through the DCE connection to the far site video conferencing system Disable this option if you are using your DCE to dial the call or if you have a dedicated connection to the far site Polycom Inc 4 277 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems
99. 21 enablesnmp command 4 122 encryption command 4 123 exit command 4 125 extension command for gateway 4 142 F farcontrolnearcamera command 4 128 farnametimedisplay command 4 129 Index 3 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems fax command for Global Management System 4 157 firewall traversal H 460 traversal 4 117 flash command 4 130 flow control 4 5 frame rate command for H 331 calls 4 168 fullscreen mode command for multipoint display 4 224 G gabk command 4 131 gabpassword command 4 134 gabserverip command 4 135 gaddrbook command 4 136 gatekeeper command for mode 4 315 gatekeeperip command 4 139 gateway command for default 4 91 gatewayareacode command 4 140 gatewaycountrycode command 4 141 gatewayext command 4 142 gatewaynumber command 4 143 gatewaynumbertype command 4 144 gatewayprefix command 4 145 gatewaysetup command 4 146 gatewaysuffix command 4 147 GDS command for display 4 102 command for server 4 135 password 4 134 gdsdirectory command 4 148 gendial command 4 149 gendialtonepots command 4 150 generatetone command 4 151 get screen command 4 152 getcallstate command 4 153 global directory displaying address in 4 15 maximum call speed 4 213 4 214 4 215 returning entries 4 131 Global Management System command for email 4 156 command for support number 4 162 gmscity command 4 155 gmscontactemail command 4 156 gmscontactfax command 4 157 gmscontactnumber command 4 15
100. 227 MU EA A ii 4 228 M te utoans Wer asees ip did q 4 229 N tCOnfig 0 iia dd ada NS E EEE UES 4 230 nath323compatible z so eir er a a a E E EI E eo 4 231 NCAT OOP at cans A o OA ne 4 232 NetStatS sp d lib 4 233 TONOJ icon sa a a e eee 4 234 NOY ii A E E E 4 235 DEPOR Meee ed Mewes 4 238 o neste Wet Bees ae ae ee A ATS 4 239 numberofmonitors deprecated 0 4 240 MUM AISTES AI Essa aerate AD weds dee Say Gad eis ved ne 4 241 DUMAS ii oie nes begs atone ta anit Bee eum 4 242 OCSCIFECIOLY oipe a Aa ai AGE sade a da ees 4 243 oobcomiplete awissaitica ule ei eel aia Hee eee 4 245 PASC ici ro See ORS OE EEE OE EEO EES AE emcee 4 246 PHONE toe eee A A ee hod to 4 247 PUPS aiei eae nese ucsts Soda OE eee beans tec aes wth 4 248 POPUP UG sida Bit Pe alee da aes ada EA ias 4 250 Presta A Haale easiest GA ES 4 251 pricallbyeall ia a ba eae 4 253 prichannel vna adosadas 4 254 PUE aeia iea A aa E A A 4 256 pridialchannels viii iras hrs ot E As Abs 4 257 print prefix viss sorrir ai a Mase Bie i E eee E E EST 4 258 prilinebildolt at A a eee 4 259 prilinesignal voi id WS aS 4 260 primarycallchoice deprecated oooooooooccccccccccco 4 261 prinumberinge plan wesc ieee e Gees dee be ae E late bates 4 262 prioutsideline cita oes 4 263 PHSWitch At eA eis hoon ai eae Rms 4 264 TO DOO sis E E deste Sid awed O eng due 4 265 PECeN CAS aceite pe dois acetone RA ol na wena 4 266 registerall deprecated 0 00 4
101. 23name get returns h323name polycom hdx demo Polycom Inc System Commands h33 laudiomode Set or gets the audio protocol sent during H 331 calls This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax h331audiomode lt get g729 g728 g711u g711a g722 56 9722 48 g7221 16 97221 24 9g7221 32 siren14 sirenl4stereo off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting g729 g728 g711u Sets the audio protocol to this value for H 331 calls g711a g722 56 g722 48 g7221 16 g7221 24 g7221 32 sirenl4 sirenl4stereo off Turns audio mode off for H 331 calls Feedback Examples e h33laudiomode g 728 returns h33laudiomode g 728 e h33laudiomode siren 14 returns h33laudiomode siren 14 e h33laudiomode off returns h33laudiomode off Comments This value cannot be changed during a call Polycom Inc 4 165 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems h33 1dualstream Set or gets the dual stream setting used for H 331 calls This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system 4 166 Syntax h331dualstream lt get on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Turns on dual stream for H 331 calls off Turns off dual stream for H 331 calls Feedback Examples e h331dualstream returns h331d
102. 267 r gisterthissystem sunie iiie ab osuiiees EEEE ee ea 4 268 Polycom Inc Contents remotecontrol vc he hee Ay ee S 4 269 remotemonenable 0 0 00 cece eee rro 4 271 requireacctnumtodial 0 0 eee ences 4 272 TESCLSYSLOM evs creche eh teh Nk aah ena od 4 273 roomphonenumber 0 0 00 E cece ete eet U 4 274 rs232 baud rs232portl baud ee eee 4 275 rs232 mode rs232portl mode 0 ec eee ees 4 276 rS366dialing io cis aks bas Vises Hs Lee Rae R eee eRe we Ble 4 278 Tt RR ta awe RR AS A Sea A eae Wades RA 4 279 TES cs veered O IS inne ie deste Doe CS 4 280 SOTO stats AA Gaetan ues Sotelo oats 4 281 Sereen Ola vnc rica dd ties 4 282 secondarycallchoice deprecated 0 4 283 Serialnian soora heat yeaah weet seas Meee A Me GR eee 4 4 284 A E E E E E e bve eee aaa abe Geb E 4 285 setaccountnumber 9Jscoos aches se kha eS eka abel G haan 4 286 Setpassword iii wooed cane Shana ee ie Aa a ar 4 287 SHOW POPUP as erais t eoe E bee 4 288 li A iA ee R de ee cals 4 289 SICEPLEX EA cis a iii 4 290 Sleepless rinse mien mui RA aN ice ecu ease ae es 4 291 SHIM PAC MIN die ei he tle ets hee ete eigen 4 292 SMMPCOMMUNILY ee eects 4 293 SNIMPCONSOLEIP 4 ooo 5a Gs Gl SE a EE Ree ae 4 294 SHIMplocations 4 5 4 s64 sa Nei EN SAA EES EOS UN Baas Gees ae 4 295 snmpsystemdescription 0 eee 4 296 snmptrapversion ea cece eee tenes 4 297 soundeffectsvolume 0 ce
103. 3 command for video calls 4 335 command for voice calls 4 336 dialing prefix command for PRI international 4 258 command for V 35 4 324 dialing speed command for IP 4 184 command for ISDN 4 192 dialing tones generating 4 150 dialingdisplay command 4 97 diffservaudio command 4 98 diffservfecc command 4 98 diffservvideo command 4 98 directory command for allowing changes 4 23 command for confirming additions 4 82 Index command for confirming deletions 4 83 directory command 4 99 discussion mode command for multipoint display 4 224 display command 4 100 displayglobaladdresses command 4 102 displaygraphics command 4 103 displayipext command 4 104 displayipisdninfo command 4 105 displayparams command 4 106 dns command 4 108 do not disturb setting for multipoint calls 4 223 for point to point calls 4 35 downloads A V professionals 3 4 downloads controller code 3 3 dsr command 4 109 dsranswer command 4 110 DTMF dialing tones generating 4 150 dtr command 4 111 dual stream setting command for H 331 calls 4 167 dualmonitor command 4 112 DVI cable 2 17 DVI to VGA cable 2 14 dynamicbandwidth command 4 113 E e164ext command 4 114 echo command 4 115 echocanceller 4 116 ELMO PTZ camera 1 16 email contact command for Global Management System 4 156 enablefirewalltraversal command 4 117 enablekeyboardnoisereduction command 4 118 enablelivemusicmode command 4 119 enablepvec command 4 120 enablersvp command 4 1
104. 323 calls only tlsdp Transmit LSD protocol H 320 calls only rapl Receive audio packet loss H 323 calls only rlsdp Receive LSD protocol H 320 calls only taj Transmit audio jitter H 323 calls only tlsdr Transmit LSD rate H 320 calls only raj Receive audio jitter H 323 calls only rlsd Receive LSD rate H 320 calls only tvpl Transmit video packet loss H 323 calls only tmlpp Transmit MLP protocol H 320 calls only rvpl Receive video packet loss H 323 calls only 4 15 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems rmlpp Receive MLP protocol H 320 calls only tvj Transmit video jitter H 323 calls only tmlpr Transmit MLP rate H 320 calls only rvj Receive video jitter H 323 calls only rmlpr Receive MLP rate H 320 calls only dc Encryption information rsid Remote system id ccaps Content capability where possible responses include 9 H 239 E enterprise dual streams N none and p content over the people stream See Also To return network statistics for a call use the netstats command on page 4 233 4 16 Polycom Inc alertusertone Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the tone used for user alerts Syntax alertusertone lt get 1 2 3 4 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 1 2 3 4 Sets the user alert to the corresponding tone Feedback Examples e alertusertone 1 returns alertusertone 1 e alertusertone
105. 33 vgaqualitypreference 0 00 4 334 vide callor det acid eE Ae LA EEEE 4 335 voicecallorder tai ia EEE ENEE EN EEEE EET S 4 336 VOIUME fsb oop otte otea e e ee 4 337 VOE X id ts Mint Renn Bing nd E a las 4 339 WATON apo naa EEE E EE ER E Lad E nena E eS 4 341 Wak sauce neces idensddegsteeedd Eee a u EEA a EEI ERNER vas 4 342 WwWamipaddress etarra Ra is 4 343 WebmMonitoriag 5 5 6 5 ia ninini iea a aa 4 344 WeDPOLE rinitis ii tke eh ee eee td ec 4 345 WHOA Deia 4 346 A Room Design and Layout Room Requirements 5654 c064 ei eehek eed ad eR EE A 1 Walst peiiaos gaia A O a eee A 3 Windows iio at dis A 3 Ceiling TeS nrerin rite peno d EEE RETER E o ETE E PpD Ea EATE A 4 Air Conditioning sags 3 ees de A Gok TAVERNE LEKNES A 4 Interior Design and Finishes 00000000 eee eee eee A 5 A dee eis Ge ake Ses eae haa A 5 ACOUSTICS ui cid A 5 Room Lighting ose pes ie eE EEEE EESE EEE cane A 6 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc C Conten Eight Fixtures ome OTE a ii A 7 Room Preparation Conclusion 00 0 eee ee ee eee A 8 Audio Elements vrai rre abe dai aR ER eee pb A 8 AUTO INPUE tii ee ena Pea eee EE ete eal Ae A 8 Audio Output ini lar A 10 IDINECHON iia a Da e A 10 DO WET ari id eek AERAR EE A 10 Range Frequency Response 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee A 11 Video Elements iio id dies dad as hed A dew ews A 11 Video Projection for Use in Videoconference A 12 CAMETAS siii aii
106. 4 sip_num polycomhdx polycom com gaddrbook 3 Polycom HDX Demo 3 phone_num 1 512 5121212 and so on until all entries in the global directory are listed then gaddrbook all done gaddrbook batch 0 returns gaddrbook 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdn_spd 384 isdn_num 1 700 5551212 isdn_ext gaddrbook 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 101 h323_ext 7878 gaddrbook 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 sip_spd 384 sip_num polycomhdx polycom com gaddrbook 3 Polycom HDX Demo 3 phone_num 1 512 5121212 and so on through the last entry in the batch of 20 directory entries such as gaddrbook 19 Polycom HDX Demo 20 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 120 h323_ext gaddrbook batch 0 done gaddrbook batch define 0 2 returns gaddrbook 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdn_spd 384 isdn_num 1 700 5551212 isdn_ext gaddrbook 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 101 h323_ext 7878 gaddrbook 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 sip_spd 384 Sip_num polycomhdx polycom com gaddrbook batch define 0 2 done gaddrbook batch search Polycom 3 returns gaddrbook 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdn_spd 384 isdn_num 1 700 5551212 isdn_ext gaddrbook 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 101 h323_ext 7878 gaddrbook 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 sip_spd 384 Sip_num polycomhdx polycom com gaddrbook batch search Polycom 3 done gaddrbook letter p returns gaddrbook 0 Polycom HDX
107. 4 126 4 181 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems ipaddress Sets or gets the LAN IP address IPv4 of the system Syntax ipaddress get ipaddress set xxx XXX XXX XXX Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the LAN IP address to the xXx XXX XXX xXx parameter This setting can only be changed when DHCP is off OOOO XXX XXX IP address of the system Feedback Examples e ipaddress set 192 168 1 101 returns ipaddress 192 168 1 101 e ipaddress get returns ipaddress 192 168 1 101 Comments Use this command when you need to allocate a static IP address to your system After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect 4 182 Polycom Inc ipdialspeed System Commands Sets or gets the valid IP dialing speed and enables or disables the specified speed Syntax ipdialspeed get valid speed ipdialspeed set valid speed lt on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting The parameter valid speed is required valid speed Valid speeds are 56 64 2x56 112 2x64 128 168 192 224 256 280 320 336 384 392 7x64 504 512 560 576 616 640 672 704 728 768 784 832 840 14x64 952 960 1008 1024 1064 1088 1120 1152 1176 1216 1232 1280 1288 21x64 1400 1408 1456 1472 1512 1536 1568 1600 1624 1664 1680 1728
108. 4 150 PowerCam break out cable 2 38 connecting as main camera 1 11 connecting as secondary camera 1 12 1 13 control cable 2 39 primary cable 2 37 PowerCam HDCI 2 30 PowerCam Plus connecting as main camera 1 14 connecting as second camera 1 15 1 17 primary cable 2 29 PowerCam Plus HDCI adapter 2 31 2 32 2 35 2 36 presentation mode command for multipoint display 4 224 preset command 4 251 PRI cable 2 4 PRI channel information 4 254 Index 6 PRI port assignments 2 5 pricallbycall command 4 253 prichannel command 4 254 pricsu command 4 256 pridialchannels command 4 257 priintlprefix command 4 258 prilinebuildout command 4 259 prilinesignal command 4 260 primarycallchoice command 4 261 prinumberingplan command 4 262 prioutsideline command 4 263 priswitch command 4 264 processing commands 4 5 PVEC command to enable 4 120 Q quality preference 4 334 R ReadiManager command for multipoint calls 4 316 reboot command 4 265 recent calls button command for access 4 175 recentcalls command 4 266 registerall command 4 267 registerthissystem command 4 268 registrations 4 5 remote control IR codes C 3 remotecontrol command 4 269 remotemonenable command 4 271 requireacctnumtodial command 4 272 resources API 3 4 response syntax 4 3 restarting commands that restart the system without a prompt 4 5 room design A 1 room layout examples 1 1 1 3 roomphonenumber command 4 274 RS 232 interface configuring 3 1 startin
109. 4 198 Idapauthenticationtype 0 00 4 199 Idapbased ti 35412 sofa hh A hele weed ake eae ee 4 200 Idapbiti dd occu csc ck lr Dee ees 4 201 Idapdirectory motora toi See ii tae itis Sia A aes wt Ale ER 4 202 Idapntlmdomain 0 cette nes 4 203 Idappassword 0 ccc ene E 4 204 Idapserveraddress 0 a tee tener enees 4 205 Idapserverport isanne eek a eS SE ee 4 206 Idapsslenabled cia citi tect Se ei eee 4 207 dapuseniMe ir tins peas we pasate es 4 208 Lestat eee pec aisle anes e tad 4 209 SEN Maw aici A Abani eii 4 210 Local datetime ni AA A E AA 4 211 marqueedisplaytext seres snc noti elle white EE eel eee 4 212 maxgabinternationalcallspeed 0 000000 eee 4 213 maxgabinternetcallspeed 0 0 0 0 e eee ee eee eee 4 214 maxgabisdncallspeed 0 00000 4 215 maxtime incall 2 0 sores dt oko 4 216 MCUP Ass W Old o 5 creat Bis e athe a he a e wht wa Shera 4 217 MEELINGPASS WOT darer awenn isle EE Sein we ica a 4 218 monitorl deprecated 00 eee teenies 4 219 monitorlscreensaveroutput 0 0 eee eee eee 4 220 monitor2 deprecated 0 cece rreren 4 221 xi Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems xii monitor2screensaveroutput 0 eee eee eee 4 222 Mpautoanswer wos eviews ere eeoes dose e ia TOS ias 4 223 A sae shi seg blog AA ao eases ete sep EA RA 4 224 MtUMOde o A ae RR SN eee es 4 226 IMCUSIZE SS ee 4
110. 4 29 video integration 1 5 video protocol command for H 331 calls 4 170 video quality 4 334 video test numbers 3 4 videocallorder command 4 335 VISCA cable 2 39 Visual Concert command for controlling 4 328 voicecallorder command 4 336 volume command 4 337 Vortex cable 2 51 connecting 1 23 vortex command 4 339 WwW waitfor command 4 341 wanipaddress command 4 343 webport command 4 345 whoami command 4 346 Index 8
111. 500 Feedback Examples e mtumode returns mtumode e mtusize returns mtusize e mtusize returns mtusize e mtusize returns mtusize See Also specify specify 660 660 1140 1140 get 1140 See also the related mtumode command on page 4 226 Polycom Inc System Commands mute Sets or gets the near or far site mute settings Syntax mute lt register unregister gt mute near lt get on off toggle gt mute far get Parameter Description register Registers to receive notification when the mute mode changes unregister Disables register mode near Sets the command for the near site Requires on off toggle or get get Returns the current setting for the near or far site on Mutes the near site mute near on off Unmutes the near site mute near off toggle If mute near mode is mute near on this switches to mute near off and vice versa far Returns the mute state of the far site system Requires the parameter get Feedback Examples e mute register returns mute registered e mute near on returns mute near on e mute far get returns mute far off Comments In register mode the system sends notification to the API session when the far or near site is muted or unmuted Polycom Inc 4 227 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems muteautoanswer 4 228 Sets or gets the Mute Auto Answer Calls mode When
112. 551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 dialstr 95551212 ve cal1 0 speed 384 state RINGING state CONNECTED state BONDING state COMPLETE state RINGING state CONNECTED state RINGING state RINGING state CONNECTED state CONNECTED state RINGING state RINGING state CONNECTED state CONNECTED state BONDING state BONDING state BONDING state BONDING state BONDING state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE state COMPLETE cleared cal1 0 line 1 dialstring 95551212 cleared cal1 0 line 2 dialstring 95551212 cleared cal1 0 line 0 dialstring 95551212 cleared cal1 0 line 1 dialstring 95551212 cleared cal1 0 line 2 dialstring 95551212 cleared cal1 0 line 0 dialstring 95551212 ended cal1 0 bchan 0 bchan 0 bchan 0 bchan 1 bchan 1 bchan 1 cause 16 cause 16 cause 16 cause 16 cause 16 cause 16 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc listen video returns listen video registered Status Messages listen video ringing there is an incoming call auto answer is on cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs
113. 66 15 23 BCD Dial Digit Bit 4 NB4 Single Ended out RS366 16 25 BCD Dial Digit Bit 8 NB8 Single Ended out RS366 17 a Signal Ground Gnd V 35 RS366 B 718 19 6 Send Data A Differential out V 35 RS449 RS530 P 2 4 5 Send Data B Differential out V 35 R5449 R8530 S 14 22 reserved Ascend select line 63 Clear To Send CTS A Differential in RS449 RS530 5 9 64 Clear To Send CTS B Differential in RS449 RS530 13 27 61 Data Mode DM DSR A Differential in RS449 RS530 6 11 62 Data Mode DM DSR B Differential in RS449 RS530 22 29 65 Receiver Ready RR DCD A Differential Jin RS449 RS530 8 13 66 Receiver Ready RR DCD B_ Differential Jin RS449 RS530 10 31 ae Send Common Gnd RS530 7 37 33 Data Carrier Detect DCD Single Ended fin V 35 F 18 Terminal Ready TR DTR A Differential out RS449 RS530 20 12 17 Terminal Ready TR DTR B_ Difterential out RS449 RS530 23 30 3 V 35 Cable Connected ground to indicate a V 35 cable is attached 718 19 1 RS449 Cable Connected ground to indicate a RS449 cable is attached 7 18 19 22 Distant Station Connected DSC Single Ended Jin RS366 13 30 Clear To Send CTS Single Ended fin V 35 D 31 Ring Indicate RI Incoming Call Single Ended Jin V 35 R5449 J 15 reserved Ascend select line 68 LOSA Differential out RS530 crypto 18 3 67 LOS B Differential out RS530 crypto 21 21 For V 35 connect pin 3 of 68 pin connector to ground For RS449 connect pin 1 of 68 pin connector to gro
114. 8 gmscontactperson command 4 159 gmscountry command 4 160 Index 4 gmsstate command 4 161 gmstechsupport command 4 162 gmsurl command 4 163 H H 460 firewall traversal 4 117 h239enable command 4 164 h323name command 4 165 h331laudiomode command 4 166 h331dualstream command 4 167 h331framerate command 4 168 h331videoformat command 4 169 h331videoprotocol command 4 170 hangup command 4 171 HDCI analog camera cable 2 24 HDCI camera break out cable 2 26 HDCI digital camera cable 2 25 HDCI Polycom EagleEye 1080 Camera cable 2 33 HDCI PowerCam 2 30 HDCI PowerCam Plus adapter 2 31 2 32 2 35 2 36 history command 4 172 history list 4 7 home screen IP and ISDN information display 4 186 homecallquality command 4 173 homemultipoint command 4 174 homerecentcalls command 4 175 homesystem command 4 176 homesystemname command 4 177 hostname command 4 178 l icons command for displaying 4 103 InstantDesigner recommendation 1 23 inverted signal command for CTS 4 87 command for DCD 4 89 command for DSR 4 109 command for DTR 4 111 command for RT 4 279 command for RTS 4 280 command for ST 4 301 IP command for line state changes 4 209 IP dialing speed 4 184 IP information display on home screen 4 186 ipaddress command 4 183 ipdialspeed command 4 184 ipisdninfo command 4 186 ipprecaudio command 4 187 ipprecfecc command 4 187 ipprecvideo command 4 187 ipstat command 4 188 IR codes C 3 ISDN cabl
115. 8 Pin mini Din Male Pin Signal Name Wire Type Pin Signal Name 14 N C S PGND 22AWG wire 3 DGND 6 12V 22 AWG wire 7 12V 7 SW RX SN TX 30 AWG wire 2 SW RX SN TX 8 IR SIGNAL 30 AWG wire 4 IR_SIGNAL 9 11 N C 12 PGND 22 AWG wire 3 DGND 13 12V 22 AWG wire HA 12V 14 SW TX SN RX 30 AWG wire 1 SW TX SN RX 15 IR RETURN 30 AWG wire 3 DGND SHIELD DRAIN wire SHIELD P3 4 Pin Mini Din 1 RTN Coax Shield 5 GVID 2 RTN Coax Shield 5 GVID 3 Luma Micro Coax 6 Luma 4 Chroma Micro Coax 8 Chroma SHIELD DRAIN wire SHIELD Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 37 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems PowerCam Break Out Cable gt This cable connects S Video and control cables and a power supply to a Polycom PowerCam camera This combination is required when using the PowerCam as the primary camera more than 10 ft away from the system or as the secondary camera It is 8 pin mini DIN to 3 way breakout block A separate power supply is required part number 1465 52621 036 Length Part Number RoHS Compliant
116. A De7hJ 1eQIOS7j 2mZRIXkLKAAAA30GWAAAQ 2009 09 25 08 30 2009 09 25 09 15 private meeting calendarmeetings list end If a Polycom HDX system is configured to provide private meeting information on the web interface the API provides the same information to the API client for example calendarmeetings list begin meeting AAAZAGV4Y2H1C2VYMDFACJEZLNZZZY5 SB2NHBDIARGAAAAAAKQKC8WW 3 CUWGCPM AP66WQCASOLXUYMOMEKY BQJ JLZOMBWASDQANHQAASOLXUYMOMEKYBQ JJ1ZOMBWASDOASVGAA 2009 09 25 08 30 2009 09 25 09 15 Demo calendarmeetings list end If the API client is logged in with admin level credentials the API provides private meeting information to the API client regardless of the HDX configuration for displaying private meeting information for example calendarmeetings list begin meeting AAAZAGV4Y2H1C2VYMDFACJEZLNZZZY5SB2NHBDIARGAAAAAAKQKC8WW 3 CUWGCPM AP6 6WQCASOLXUYMOMEKYBQJ J 1ZOMBWASDQANHQAASOLXUYMOMEKYBQ JJ1ZOMBWASDQASVGAA 2009 09 25 08 30 2009 09 25 09 15 Release plan meeting AAAZAGV4Y2H1C2VYMDFACJEZLNZZZY5 SB2NHBDIARGAAAAAAKQKC8WW 3 CUWGCPM AP6 6WQCASOLXUYMOMEKYBQJ J 1ZOMBWASDQANHQAASOLXUYMOMEKYBQ JJ1ZOMBWASDQASVGAA 2009 09 23 11 00 2009 09 23 11 45 Product roadmap for 2010 calendarmeetings list end The calendaring service must be registered with Microsoft Exchange server for the calendarmeetings command to work successfully If the calendar credentials are invalid the server address is not valid or the configured user credenti
117. B 4 CENTER 13 V SYNC 51 B 5 CENTER 14 VSYNC GROUND s2 EA SHIELD 1 HSYNC GROUND 8 5 SHIELD 10 48 a5 4 GROUND aie s SEE NOTE 2 Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Se responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on 2 36 Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc Cables PowerCam Primary Camera Cable This cable connects the Polycom HDX system video input 1 to a Polycom PowerCam camera up to 10 ft away when used with the HDCI PowerCam Plus Adapter Cable on page 2 31 It is 8 pin mini DIN to 4 pin mini DIN and DB 15 The maximum approved length for this cable is 10 ft 3 m Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 9 ft 10 in 3 m 1457 50338 002 Yes lt __ _ 200mm 7 87 _ ____ gt 0 d a amp 4Pin Mini Di P3 Male 40mm 1 57 gt P2 Molded PVC strain relief Pan Intl 73069 008 T06 8 Pin Mini Din Male e o es z ES g8 P1 o So Es 4 40 Jack screw e 3 Meters 50 80mm __ B gt 15 Pin D sub P1 15 Pin D Connector P2
118. Category Meeting Name Meeting Speed Site Name 1 Call Type 1 Pref Number 1 Site Type 1 Site Name 2 Call Type 2 Pref Number 2 Site Type 2 Site Name 3 Call Type 3 Pref Number 3 Site Type 3 Site Name 4 Call Type 4 Pref Number 4 Site Type 4 Site Name 5 Call Type 5 Pref Number 5 Site Type 5 Site Name 6 Call Type 6 Pref Number 6 Site Type 6 Site Name 7 Call Type 7 Pref Number 7 Site Type 7 Site Name 8 Call Type 8 Pref Number 8 Site Type 8 Site Name 9 Call Type 9 Pref Number 9 Site Type 9 Site Unique Id 1 Site Server Address 1 Site Unique Id 2 Site Server Address 2 Site Unique Id 3 Site Server Address 3 Site Unique Id 4 Site Server Address 4 Site Unique Id 5 Site Server Address 5 Site Unique Id 6 Site Server Address 6 Site Unique Id 7 Site Server Address 7 Site Unique Id 8 Site Server Address 8 Site Unique Id 9 Site Server Address 9 Unique Id Entry Type Language Id Display Name Loopback_1 abk Loopback 1 1 700 9581108 9581108 2x64 aS gh TOS EAT AUREA Pol ycom_Test J na A a a PS Bae eae Pal J J J J J 7 J J a eS 7 Loopback_1 abk 2 Loopback 1 Loopback_2 abk Loopback 2 1 700 7308982 7308982 2x64 oS gh sg andres Camere Pol ycom_Test J Ha EA a a PS ES a PE J y A y J ts 3 a Loopback_2 abk 2 Loopback 2 Polycom_Austin_HD abk Polycom Austin HD 1 512 51488
119. Comments If you do not enable this option the system has access to the GDS but the IP address does not appear in the global directory Polycom Inc 4 267 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems remotecontrol 4 268 Set or gets the setting for intercepting signals from the system remote control Syntax remotecontrol disable lt get all none gt remotecontrol disable valid button valid button remotecontrol dontintercept lt all none gt remotecontrol dontintercept valid button valid button remotecontrol enable lt a11 none gt remotecontrol enable valid button valid button remotecontrol intercept lt get al1 none gt remotecontrol intercept valid button valid button Parameter Description disable Disables specified remote control button s so that the system does not respond get Returns the current setting all All of the remote control buttons none None of the remote control buttons valid button Name of a specific button such as call hangup left right up down select home directory back zoom zoom volume volume mute far near auto camera preset pip keyboard delete 0 9 graphics or help dontintercept Stops intercepting specified remote control button s enable Enables specified remote control button s intercept Disables and intercepts specified remote con
120. Comments When searching for feedback from the dial command expect to see the set of described strings as many times as there are channels in the call When initiating a multipoint call or adding multiple sites to a multipoint call over ISDN you must be sure that the total call rate does not exceed the bandwidth of the ISDN interface Otherwise one of the calls may not connect For example the total ISDN bandwidth for a T1 line is 1544 kbit s Thus making the following five calls in succession violates the ISDN bandwidth rule because the total ISDN bandwidth would require 1920 kbit s 1920 384 5 and one of the calls may not connect e dial manual 384 5551212 dial manual 384 5561212 dial manual 384 5571212 dial manual 384 5581212 dial manual 384 5591212 Similarly making the following two calls in a multipoint call where sites 1 2 and 3 are already connected at 256 kbits s each violates the ISDN bandwidth rule This is because the total ISDN bandwidth required becomes 1792 kbits s 1792 256 3 512 2 and one of these two new calls may not connect e dial manual 512 5581212 dial manual 512 5591212 Note The ISDN bandwidth rule is not applicable to IP calls and only applies when multiple ISDN dial commands are issued in succession without waiting for the active call notification i e active call 36 speed 128 between dial commands Adding single calls to a multipoint call and then waiting for the active call notifi
121. F 8 o ts 17 1 REF Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no ae responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 35 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems HDCI EagleEye 1080 or Sony Adapter Cable This cable connects a Polycom system HDCI video input to the Polycom EagleEye 1080 Sony EVI HD1 PTZ or Sony BRC H700 PTZ cameras It is HDCI to 8 pin mini DIN and HD 15 The maximum approved length for this cable is 100 ft 30 m uo essa Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1 ft 0 3 m 2457 23548 001 Yes 305 189 116 4X 2X 4 40 THREAD 4 40 THREAD JI 6 1 REF 4 5 AT 10 74 REF SIGNAL e WIRING LIST ee PI WIRE 1 E 7 RI 5 REF 3 SHIELD J2 RS 232 Rx cen 3 RS 232 Tx A 5 IR A 3 7 14 1 REF GROUND 1 ra 4 TEL B SHIELD 12 B 1 SHIELD 8 B 13 B 1 CENTER 3 18 7 REF R 14 __ B 2 CENTER 1 R SHIELD 15 8 2 SHIELD 6 SHIELD 46 8 3 SHIELD 7 6 47 8 3 CENTER 2 H SYNC 50
122. LLOW 28 5 10 ORANGE 28 5 10 GREEN 28 6 X 14 GREEN 28 6 X 14 WHITE 24 7 Ji 13 BLACK 24 7 J 13 BLACK 24 8 9 WHITE 24 8 9 DRAIN WIRE 3 t 3 DRAIN WIRE 3 3 SHIELD SHELL SHELL SHIELD SHELL SHELL 1 RJ 45 shielded plug Tyco 5 569552 or equivalent 1 RJ 45 shielded plug Tyco 5 569552 or equivalent P2 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 P2 Walta Electronics M30 558 0051 5 Whether you re terminated the P1 or P2 end of the cable at this point the cable can be connected directly to the system and to the first microphone If it is necessary to install an extension to the system s RJ 45 connection on a wall plate or panel create a custom pinout cable using shielded CAT5 cable The cable is terminated on one end to either a shielded CAT5 2 47 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems keystone jack or if using a shielded panel coupler a shielded RJ 45 plug connector The other end terminates to a shielded RJ 45 plug that connects to the Polycom HDX system COLOR AWG P1 P2 WHITE GREEN 24 1 1 GREEN 24 2 2 WHITE ORANGE 24 5 5 ORANGE 24 6 6 WHITE BROWN 24 7 7 BROWN 24 8 X 8 DRAIN WIRE 3 3 SHIELD SHELL SHELL P1 RJ 45 shielded Keystone jack L com RJ 110C5 S or equivalent OR P1 RJ 45 shielded plug Tyco 5 569552 or equivalent with shielded RJ 45 panel coupler kit L com ECF504 SC5E or equivalent P2 RJ 45 shielded plug Tyco 5 569552 or equivalent The Polycom
123. M E Je E eo LT mu PIN 1 B A 6 INCHES 25 Ja SPIRAL SHIELD uso Peripheral Link V 35 HD 68 Pinout Notes direction from V 35 module DTE 68 pin Signal Name Signal Type From card Function v 35 RS530 DB25 R54449 DB37 RS366 DB25 Shield V 35 RS449 RS530 A 19 718 194 12 Receive Data A Differential in V 35 R5449 R8530 R 3 6 11 Receive Data B Differential in V 35 RS449 RS530 T 16 24 10 Send Timing A Differential in V 35 RS449 RS530 Y 15 5 9 Send Timing B Differential in V 35 RS449 RS530 AA 12 23 29 Data Set Ready DSR Single Ended fin V 35 E 28 Request To Send RTS Single Ended out V 35 a 27 Data Terminal Ready DTR Single Ended out V 35 H 34 Digit Present DPR Single Ended out RS366 2 24 Abandon Call Retry ACR Single Ended fin RS366 3 32 Call Request CRO Single Ended out RS366 4 26 Present Next Digit PND Single Ended fin RS366 5 21 Data Line Occupied DLO Single Ended fin RS366 22 14 Receive Timing A Differential in V 35 R5449 RS530 Y 17 8 13 Receive Timing B Differential in V 35 RS449 RS530 x 9 26 8 Terminal Timing A Differential out V 35 RS449 RS530 U 24 17 7 Terminal Timing B Differential out V 35 RS449 RS530 W 1 35 15 Request To Send RTS A Differential out RS449 RS530 4 7 16 Request To Send RTS B Differential out RS449 RS530 19 25 35 Receive Common Gnd RS449 20 20 BCD Dial Digit Bit 1 NB1 Single Ended out RS366 14 19 BCD Dial Digit Bit 2 NB2 Single Ended out RS3
124. NY POLYCOM gt Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 2 6 April 2010 3725 23979 005 A Trademark Information Polycom the Polycom Triangles logo and the names and marks associated with Polycom s products are trademarks and or service marks of Polycom Inc and are registered and or common law marks in the United States and various other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Patent Information The accompanying product is protected by one or more U S and foreign patents and or pending patent applications held by Polycom Inc Customer Feedback We are constantly working to improve the quality of our documentation and we would appreciate your feedback Please send email to videodocumentation polycom com 2010 Polycom Inc All rights reserved Polycom Inc 4750 Willow Road Pleasanton CA 94588 2708 USA No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of Polycom Inc Under the law reproducing includes translating into another language or format As between the parties Polycom Inc retains title to and ownership of all proprietary rights with respect to the software contained within its products The software is protected by United States copyright laws and international treaty provision Therefore you must treat the softw
125. Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands Executes a previously used command from the history list starting with a specific number or letter Syntax string 1 1 64 Parameter Description string Specifies the most recent command from the history list that begins with this string 1 64 Specifies the Nth command in the history list where N is 1 through 64 Feedback Examples Assume the following command history e gatewaynumber set 123456789 returns gatewaynumber 123456789 e hangup video returns hanging up video call e history returns 1 gatewaynumber set 123456789 2 hangup video e h323name get returns h323name testip In this case each of the following lt letter or number gt commands executes the command and prints its output from the history list as follows e 11 returns gatewaynumber set 123456789 gatewaynumber 123456789 12 returns hangup video hanging up video call Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 8 e th returns h323name get h323name testip e history returns 1 gatewaynumber set 123456789 2 hangup video 3 h323name get 4 gatewaynumber set 123456789 5 hangup video 6 h323name get See Also For information about the history list refer to the history on page 4 172 Polycom Inc System Commands abk deprecated Polycom Inc Returns local directory address book entries This command has been deprecated
126. RJ 11 with 4 pins loaded Wire can be standard silver satin Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 53 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Serial Cables Straight Through Serial Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a serial device It has a DB 9 pc connector on each end The maximum approved length for this cable is 100 ft 30 m communication from a computer Crestron system or AMX device Instead for RS 232 communication Polycom recommends using a cross over cable with pin 2 wired to pin 3 pin 3 wired to pin 2 and pin 5 wired to pin 5 The other pins are not used Polycom does not recommend using this straight through serial cable for RS 232 If you choose to use this straight through serial cable for RS 232 communication from a computer or Crestron system the null modem adapter 1517 61577 001 on page Null Modem Adapter on page 2 56 is required However the null modem adapter does not work for RS 232 communication from AMX devices and will cause problems if you try to use it
127. System Commands get get 1 get succeeded get get none get succeeded Polycom recommends registering for notifications If vcbutton register is used for notifications the following responses occur e Pressing the play button at the far site returns Control event vcbutton farplay e Pressing the stop button on the local system returns Control event vcbutton stop Comments The vcbutton stop command is global in Polycom HDX software version 2 0 or later Previously this command was specific to the content video source to which it was mapped 4 329 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems vcraudioout 4 330 Enables disables or gets the VCR Audio Out Always On setting Syntax vcraudioout lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables VCR Audio Out Always On no Disables VCR Audio Out Always On Feedback Examples vcraudioout returns vcraudioout vcraudioout returns vcraudioout vcraudioout returns vcraudioout yes yes no no get no Polycom Inc vcrrecordsource System Commands Sets or gets the VCR DVD record source Syntax vcrrecordsource get vcrrecordsource lt near far auto content content or near content or far content or auto none gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting near Sets the VCR to record the near site video
128. The API session echoes the message call complete when the call connects or is aborted Polycom Inc System Commands wake Wakes the system from sleep mode Syntax wake Feedback Examples e wake returns wake and wakes the system from sleep mode See Also To put the system in sleep mode use the sleep command on page 4 289 Polycom Inc 4 341 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems wanipaddress Sets or gets the WAN IP address Syntax wanipaddress get wanipaddress set XXxXxX XXX XXX XXX Parameter Description set Sets the WAN IP address when followed by the XXX XXX XXX XXX parameter To erase the current setting omit the XxX XXX XXX XxX parameter get Returns the WAN IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX WAN IP address Feedback Examples e wanipaddress set 192 168 1 101 returns wanipaddress 192 168 1 101 e wanipaddress get returns wanipaddress 192 168 1 101 Comments The NAT Configuration option on the Firewall screen must be set to Auto Manual or UPnP for this option to be available 4 342 Polycom Inc webmonitoring Polycom Inc System Commands Enables or disables the ability to view video from a Polycom HDX system via the web interface This command can be used via Telnet port 24 only Syntax webmonitoring remoteaccesspasswd lt yes no gt Parameter Description remoteaccesspasswd C
129. VEACI jMne2 ndgARgAAAADr9G1hsSjWEZBcAAKZMph J BwA4wi cbtr3UEZArAKAkKO9LtAA ACZpKWAADe7hJ 1 eQIOS7j 2mzRIxkKLKAAADI G8AAAQ 2010 03 30 08 30 2010 03 30 09 00 Bug Scrub meeting AAAaAEFSZXguTWFjRGQUYWxkQHBVbH1 jb20uY29tAVEACI jMne2 ndgARgAAAADr9G1hsSjWEZBcAAKZMphJ BwA4wi cbtr3UEZArAKAkKO9LtAA ACZpKWAABZ29 f0U0S5Q6xZZ11 ZDDNnAABFQARCAAAQ 2010 03 30 11 30 2010 03 30 12 30 HDX IP7000 Conference Coordination meeting AAAaAEFSZXguTWFjRGQUYWxkQHBvbH1 jb20uY29tAVEACI jMne2 ndgARgAAAADr9G1hsSjWEZBcAAKZMphJ BwA4wi cbtr3UEZArAKAkKO9LtAA ACZpKWAABZ29 F0U0S 5Q6xZZ11 ZDDNnNAABFQAQ3AAAQ 2010 04 01 16 30 2010 04 01 17 00 Customer Care Commitment Meeting calendarmeetings list end Polycom Inc System Commands e calendarmeetings info AAAaAEF SZXguTWF jRGQUYWxkQHBvbH1 jb20uY29tAVEACIjMne2 ndgARgA AAADr9G1hsSjWEZBcAAKZMph J BwA4wi cbt r3UEZArAKAkKO9LtAAACZpKWAA De7hJ 1eQIOS7 j2mzRIXkLKAAADI G8AAAQ returns calendarmeetings info start id AAAaAEFSZXguTWFj RG9UYWxkQHBvbH1 jb20uY29tAVEACT jMne2 ndgA RgAAAADr9G1hsSjWEZBcAAKZMph J BwA4wi cbt r3UEZArAKAkKO9LtAAACZpK WAADe7hJ1eQ105732mzRIxkLKAAADI G8AAAQ 2010 03 30 08 30 2010 03 30 09 00 dialable public organizer Russell Bell lJocation Russel1 s RMX Meeting Room IP Video Number 123456 Cif registered to corp GK 888 123 4567 978 123 4567 with passcode 760900 subject Bug Scrub dialingnumber video 733397 vsgwstdma01 r13 vsg local2 sip dial ingnumber video 733397 h323 dialingnumber audi
130. VGA quality preference to both people and content video Feedback Examples e vgaqualitypreference people returns vgaqualitypreference people e vgaqualitypreference content returns vgaqualitypreference content e vgaqualitypreference both returns vgaqualitypreference both e vgaqualitypreference get returns vgaqualitypreference both Polycom Inc 4 333 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems videocallorder Sets the video call order of the specified protocol to the specified slot Syntax videocallorder lt isdn h323 sip gateway323 gt lt 1 2 3 4 gt Parameter Description isdn Specifies ISDN protocol h323 Specifies IP protocol sip Specifies SIP protocol gateway323 Specifies H 323 gateway calling 1 2 3 4 Sets the order in which the specified protocol is attempted when a video call is placed Feedback Examples e videocallorder h323 1 returns videocallorder h323 1 e videocallorder isdn 2 returns videocallorder isdn 2 See Also To set the dialing order for audio only protocols use the voicecallorder command on page 4 336 4 334 Polycom Inc System Commands voicecallorder Sets the voice call order of the specified protocol to the specified slot Syntax voicecallorder lt isdn_phone pots gt lt 1 2 gt Parameter Description isdn_phone Specifies ISDN phone line pots Specifies analog phone line 1 2 Sets the order in which the sp
131. X Systems button 4 40 Simulates Polycom remote control buttons Syntax button lt 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 gt button lt down left right select up gt button lt auto back call far graphics hangup near gt button lt help mute volume volume lowbattery zoom zoom gt button lt pickedup putdown gt button lt camera delete directory home keyboard period pip preset gt button lt info menu slides option gt button valid_button valid_button button lt mmstop mmplay mmpause mmrecord mmforward mmrewind gt Parameter Description Types a period dot if the cursor is on a text field Sends the button signal to the user interface Sends the button signal to the user interface valid_button Sends one or more remote control button signals 011 2131415 6 7 8 9 Sends the corresponding numeric button signal to the user interface auto Sends the Auto button signal to the user interface back Simulates the Back button on multiple page screens cal Sends the Call button signal to the user interface camera Sends the Camera button signal to the user interface delete Sends the Delete button signal to the user interface directory Sends the Directory button signal to the user interface down Sends the down arrow button signal to the user interface far Sends the Far button signal to the user interface graphics Sends
132. X Systems prioutsideline Sets or gets the PRI number that is dialed for outside line access Syntax prioutsideline get prioutsideline set outside_line Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the outside line access PRI number when followed by the parameter outside_line To erase the current setting omit the parameter outside_line Numeric string This number is provided by your network service provider Feedback Examples e prioutsideline set 9 returns prioutsideline 9 e prioutsideline get returns prioutsideline 9 Comments This number is needed if your system is on a PBX 4 262 Polycom Inc priswitch Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the PRI switch Syntax priswitch get priswitch set lt att5ess att4ess norteldms ni2 gt priswitch set lt net5 ctr4 nttins 1500 ts 038 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current switch protocol set Sets the PRI switch One of the switch protocol parameters is required att5essjatt4ess Switch protocol values norteldms ni2 For E1 net5 ctr4 is the default net5 ctr4 is the net5 ctr4 standard ETSI protocol derived from ITU Q 931 nttins 1500 ts 038 For T1 net5 ctr4 is also provided for certain Asian countries such as Japan Hong Kong and Taiwan Feedback Examples e priswitch set att5ess returns priswitch att5ess e priswitch get returns pri
133. Z camera 1 17 Sony EVI HD1 camera 1 9 Sony PTZ camera 1 16 Vaddio 300 PTZ camera 1 19 Vaddio 70 and 100 PTZ camera 1 18 Canon PTZ camera 1 18 chaircontrol command 4 72 city command for Global Management System 4 155 cmdecho command 4 74 colorbar command 4 75 command response syntax 4 3 command configuring parameters 4 79 composite video cable 2 28 configchange command 4 76 configdisplay command 4 77 configparam command 4 79 configpresentation command 4 80 configuration settings 4 79 configuring parameters 4 79 confirmdiradd command 4 82 confirmdirdel command 4 83 connections back panel C 1 connectors balanced audio 2 52 subwoofer 2 53 contact information 3 4 contact command for Global Management System 4 156 4 159 contentauto command 4 84 control flow 4 5 controller code downloads 3 3 conventions syntax 4 2 country code command for gateway 4 141 command for ISDN 4 190 country command 4 86 country command for Global Management System 4 160 Crestron systems 2 56 3 3 cts command 4 87 D date and time command to display 4 211 daylightsavings command 4 88 dcd command 4 89 dedfilter command 4 90 defaultgateway command 4 91 delay between commands 4 5 Device Discovery AMX 4 28 dhcp command 4 92 dial command 4 93 dialchannels command 4 96 dialing command for allowing 4 24 4 25 command for RS 366 4 278 dialing order command for primary choice 4 261 command for secondary choice 4 28
134. _spd 384 sip_num polycomhdxpolycom com addrbook 3 Polycom HDX Demo 3 phone_num 1 512 5121212 and so on through the last entry in the batch of 10 directory entries such as addrbook 9 Polycom HDX Demo 20 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 120 h323_ext addrbook batch 0 done addrbook batch define 0 2 returns addrbook 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdn_spd 384 isdn_num 1 700 5551212 isdn_ext addrbook 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 101 h323_ext 7878 addrbook 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 sip_spd 384 sip_num polycomhdx polycom com addrbook batch define 0 2 done Comments Beginning in software version 2 5 entries with multiple addresses for example an H 323 address and an ISDN number return each address type on separate lines with an incremented record number With previous software versions entries with multiple addresses return each address type with the same record number addrbook entries are stored in the local directory address book See Also To return global directory entries use the gaddrbook command on page 4 136 4 13 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems addressdisplayedingab Specifies whether to display the system address in the global directory Syntax addressdisplayedingab get addressdisplayedingab private addressdisplayedingab public Parameter Description get Returns the current setting private Specifies not to di
135. a to start panning to the left and returns event camera far move left 4 67 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems e Camera near move zoom causes the near site camera to zoom in and returns event camera near move zoom e Camera register returns camera registered e Camera unregister returns camera unregistered Comments If the camera near 1 6 API command is used for an input configured as content the command becomes a toggle You must send the command once to send the content source and a second time to stop the content source The camera near 6 command and the camera near ppcip command provide the same functionality 4 68 Polycom Inc cameradirection Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the camera pan direction Syntax cameradirection lt get normal reversed gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting normal Sets the direction of the camera to normal the camera moves in the same direction as the left right arrows on the remote control reversed Sets the direction of the camera to reversed the camera moves in the opposite direction of the left right arrows on the remote control Feedback Examples e cameradirection normal returns cameradirection normal e cameradirection reversed returns cameradirection reversed e Cameradirection get returns cameradirection reversed 4 69 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems
136. ables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 29 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems HDCI PowerCam Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a Polycom PowerCam camera a 5 It is HDCI to 8 pin mini DIN Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 10 ft 3 m 2457 28168 001 Yes 3000450 ane Y 30 p 60 8 Tig ail a s q qe I gt e IIE 2 AE l LT WIRING LIST P CABLE P2 UNIT a 2 e 3 E 4 4 E4 Sy 5 ES 0 6 El Cun p 8 Pon s E3 n R RIN 48 E10 58 En F 5 SHIELD DI 5 A OND fae sieto 02 i CHROMA 4 CTR D 8 uma 47 ciRo2 6 SHIELD SHELL BRAID SHELL Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 30 Polycom Inc Cables HDCI PowerCam Plus Adapter Cable This cable adapts a PowerCam Plus cable to HDCI
137. all For an outgoing call the system uses the first active and available channel starting with the lowest number from the channel range 1 23 for a PRI T1 and 1 30 for a PRI E1 If an additional channel is needed the system chooses the next incremental number For example if channels 1 4 253 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 254 through 7 are inactive but 8 is active and available then 8 is the first channel that can be used by the system to place an outgoing call If an additional channel is needed the system will use the next available active channel in the range which could be 9 and so on Incoming Calls For incoming calls the system may use the highest numbered channel in the range and if needed proceed to the next channel number in descending order depending on the type of third party equipment attached to the system For example an incoming call arrives on channel 23 then 22 21 and so on Dedicated full PRI T1 or El Line All channels should be active for a full T1 or El line dedicated to your system Fractional PRI T1 or E1 Channel selection should be handled by your PRI network administrator PRI El Channel Information The PRI Status screen for E1 shows 30 channels However El trunk lines have 32 timeslots numbered 0 31 Timeslot 0 is used for framing and timeslot 16 is used for call signaling the D channel The remaining 30 timeslots are used as bearer data channels In call
138. all in a multipoint video conference Syntax mpautoanswer lt get yes no donotdisturb gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Connects incoming video calls automatically The screen will splitinto a multipoint call progress screen as the incoming call is answered no For an incoming video call the user will be notified and given the choice to answer the call If the user selects Yes the call is added to the ongoing conference If the user selects No the call is rejected The default is No donotdisturb The user is not notified of incoming video calls The sites that placed the calls receive a Far Site Busy H 320 or Call Rejected H 323 code Feedback Examples e mpautoanswer yes returns mpautoanswer yes mpautoanswer no returns mpautoanswer no e mpautoanswer get returns mpautoanswer no e mpautoanswer donotdisturb returns mpautoanswer donotdisturb Comments If mpautoanswer is set to no or donotdisturb you must rely on API session notifications to answer inbound calls 4 222 Polycom Inc mpmode Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the multipoint conference viewing mode for the system in a multipoint call The multipoint mode can be set to auto discussion presentation or fullscreen By default it is set to auto Syntax mpmode lt get auto discussion presentation fullscreen gt Parameter Description
139. als don t have access permissions to the resource mailbox calendar the service will fail to register This command has multi line output 4 A8 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands The following characters in the meeting subject will not be displayed e vertical bar e CR carriage return LF line feed See Also To enable or disable the calendaring service use the calendarregisterwithserver command on page 4 53 To configure the Microsoft Exchange server address used by this service use the calendarserver command on page 4 56 4 49 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems calendarpassword 4 50 Sets the password used by the calendaring service to log in to the Microsoft Exchange server Syntax calendarpassword set password Parameter Description password The password used by the calendaring service to log in to the Microsoft Exchange server Feedback Examples calendarpassword Dscalend r returns calendarpassword Dscalend r Comments The password can be up to 15 characters long and is case sensitive Use strong passwords that combine uppercase and lowercase letters numbers and symbols See Also To enable or disable the calendaring service use the calendarregisterwithserver command on page 4 53 Polycom Inc System Commands calendarplaytone Enables or disables the reminder alert tone that plays with the meeting reminder when the
140. always never required gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting always Always use the Conference on Demand feature available with the PathNavigator ReadiManager or Polycom CMA system to place a multipoint call Never use the Polycom HDX system s internal multipoint capability never Never use the Conference on Demand feature available with the PathNavigator ReadiManager or Polycom CMA system to place a multipoint call Use the Polycom HDX system s internal multipoint capability instead required This is the default When this option is selected the multipoint call is handled by the Polycom HDX system s internal multipoint capability if possible otherwise the multipoint call is handled through the Conference on Demand feature available with the PathNavigator ReadiManager or Polycom CMA system Feedback Examples e usepathnavigator always returns usepathnavigator always e usepathnavigator never returns usepathnavigator never e usepathnavigator required returns usepathnavigator required e usepathnavigator get returns usepathnavigator required 4 315 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 316 Comments This option is only accessible if the PathNavigator ReadiManager or Polycom CMA system is used The PathNavigator uses the Polycom MGC and can handle video conferences with more participants and higher speeds than a Polycom HDX syste
141. amounts of light 20fc to 35fc footcandles typical office lighting the distance range of in focus objects depth of field usually is Polycom Inc Light Fixtures Polycom Inc Room Design and Layout only 2 or 3 from nearest in focus to furthest in focus With bright light 70fc or more the range of in focus objects can more than double Participants at the far end will see more people in sharp focus and the codec will have an easier time encoding the image Bright standard direct fluorescent lighting has the undesirable side effect of being harsh for the local participants In addition the direct down lighting casts significant drop shadows The result is undue stress among participants The best plan for videoconferencing is to use indirect lighting for 80 to 85 percent of the light and evenly distributed direct lighting for the remaining 15 to 20 percent The indirect light will help minimize shadows on the faces of the participants and make the room more comfortable for viewing the far end on the TV monitor The direct light can be used to create backlight separation between foreground and background objects or surfaces There should be not less than 55fc and ideally as much as 75fc of light 770lux on the faces of the participants in the facial field as viewed by the camera in the conference space The light should be completely even across the field of measure or view and of one consistent color t
142. ance criteria allow given the ambient noise level At 8 distance a normal speaking voice is approximately 60dBA SPL Now the voice energy and the room background noise are about equal For send audio systems in a room to work correctly therefore the room noise level would have to be below 40 45dBA SPL at the microphones at all times This gives us some measure by which we can begin to plan the microphone array within a space including selection based on pickup pattern sensitivity noise rejection and signal to noise in relation to the ambient noise floor or level within the space The good news is that a room designed and built as described in this section will provide an acoustic space where almost any properly configured and installed audio system can operate with very good results Perhaps the most difficult issue for any room designer or system planner is actual microphone placement within the space Given the fact that many people view conference table space as sacred to be used for papers laptops coffee cups and other end user items there often is a great deal of pressure to place the local microphones on the ceiling instead of on the table surface But this approach must be taken with great caution We have already seen the dramatic impact of changes in the distance between people their mouths and the microphone Ceiling systems generally place microphones farther away from the participants mouths not closer critical dis
143. ands Comments Changes the call audio volume not sound effects on the system Polycom Inc 4 337 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems vortex 4 338 Sends commands to a Polycom Vortex mixer Syntax vortex lt 0 1 gt mute lt on off gt vortex lt 0 1 gt forward vortex_macro Parameter Description 0 1 Specifies the serial port to which the Vortex mixer is connected mute Sets the mute state for the Vortex mixer connected to the specified serial port on Mutes the Vortex mixer off Unmutes the Vortex mixer forward Forwards the vortex_macro to the Vortex mixer connected to the specified serial port vortex_macro Specifies the Vortex mixer macro command to send For more information about these commands refer to the Vortex documentation Feedback Examples The response from the Vortex is returned in the following format vortex lt portnum gt forward lt vortexcmd gt lt vortexresponse gt e vortex 0 forward FOOPING returns vortex 0 forward FOOPING FOOPONG if the Vortex responds and vortex 0 forward FOOPING failed if the Vortex does not respond e vortex 1 mute on returns vortex 1 mute on and mutes the Vortex connected to the second serial port on the back of the system Comments The Vortex commands are applicable when you have a Vortex mixer connected to a system An API client can send these commands to control a Vortex mixer using th
144. anual for Polycom HDX Systems snmptrapversion Sets or gets the SNMP trap version Syntax snmptrapversion get snmptrapversion set lt v1 v2c gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the SNMP trap protocol that the system uses v1 v2c SNMP trap version 1 or version 2c Feedback Examples e snmptrapversion set v1 returns snmptrapversion v1 e snmptrapversion set v2c returns snmptrapversion v2c e snmptrapversion get returns snmptrapversion v2c Comments After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect 4 296 Polycom Inc System Commands soundeffectsvolume Sets gets or tests the volume level of the ring tone and user alert tone on the system Syntax soundeffectsvolume get soundeffectsvolume set 0 10 soundeffectsvolume test Parameter Description get Returns the current setting along with a test tone from the system at that volume level set Sets the volume of sound effects Requires a volume parameter in the range 0 10 test Tests the volume of sound effects Feedback Examples e soundeffectsvolume set 6 returns soundeffectsvolume 6 e soundeffectsvolume get returns soundeffectsvolume 6 e soundeffectsvolume test returns soundeffectsvolume test and a tone is produced by the system Polycom Inc 4 297 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems spidnum Sets or
145. apts the Polycom HDX Microphone Array Cable on page 2 43 for use with the Polycom HDX 9000 Series system and the SoundStructure C Series mixer It is male RJ 45 to female Walta Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 18 in 0 5 m 2457 23716 001 Yes CABLE n e fouro TWISTED l PAIR 41 2 TWISTED l EARS PAIR 42 2 Eo fear CONDUCTOR 1 E fait CONDUCTOR 2 3 SHIELD SHIELD CONTACTS 1 5 AND 10 OF PI AND CONTACTS 1 4 5 7 8 11 AND 12 OF JI ARE NOT USED AND SHALL BE LEFT OPEN The following diagram shows microphone connection options for Polycom HDX 9000 Series systems using cables available from Polycom Polycom HDX Microphone Cable Adapter Polycom HDX Microphone Cables Do not connect Polycom microphone cables or devices to the Ethernet port and do not connect an Ethernet cable or device to the Polycom microphone input 2 44 Polycom Inc Cables Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 45 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Custom
146. ar To Send CTS Single Ended V 35 ines creia PP J reserved Ascend select line sr hoss pres Jou esco 21 67 _ LOS B Differential S530 crypto 21 For V 35 connect pin 3 of 68 pin connector to ground For RS449 connect pin 1 of 68 pin connector to ground For RS530 connect pins 1 and 3 of 68 pin connector to ground Gnd ning ara 4 25 60 SPIRAL SHIELD Eaa 2 12 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Cables Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Video and Camera Cables S Video Cable These cables connect a Polycom HDX system to a monitor or camera They lt have yellow 4 pin mini DIN connectors on both ends and are used with all Polycom HDX systems The maximum approved length for this cable is 200 ft 60 m Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 8 ft 2 4 m 2457 0841 0 002 Yes 25 ft 7 6 m 2457 08409 002 Yes 50 ft 15 m 2457 09204 200 Yes
147. are like any other copyrighted material e g a book or sound recording Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate Polycom Inc is not responsible for printing or clerical errors Information in this document is subject to change without notice About This Guide The Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems is for system integrators who need to configure customize manage and troubleshoot Polycom HDX systems The API commands in this guide are only applicable to the Polycom HDX 9000 series and Polycom HDX 8000 HD systems Polycom Inc iii Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems About This Guide iv Polycom Inc Contents About This Guide ccc cece ccc c cece eee H 1 Room Integration Setting Up a Room for Video Conferencing 000 1 1 Room Layout Examples 0 00 0000 1 1 Setting Up the Room for Polycom People On Content 1 3 Polycom HDX Installation Precautions 000 1 4 Integrating Vide 2 205 K 6edecnebateetng da eine 1 5 Connecting Polycom Cameras 0 0000 e eee eee eee ee 1 5 Connecting Sony and ELMO Cameras 000 00005 1 16 Connecting Vaddio and Canon Cameras 0000 1 18 Integrating Audio and Content 0 00 02 eee eee eee 1 20 Connecting a Computer to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series System 1 20 Connecting
148. batch search Polycom 2 done gabk letter p returns Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdnspd 384 isdnnum 1 700 5551212 isdnext Polycom HDX Demo 2 isdnspd 2x64 isdnnum 1 700 5552323 isdnext 4 131 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 132 Polycom HDX Demo 3 ipspd 384 ipnum 192 168 1 101 ipext 7878 Polycom HDX Demo 4 isdnspd 384 isdnnum 1 700 5553434 isdnext and so on to include all entries in the batch that begin with p then gabk letter p done e gabk range 1 2 returns Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdnspd 384 isdnnum 1 700 5551212 isdnext Polycom HDX Demo 2 isdnspd 2x64 isdnnum 1 700 5552323 isdnext gabk range 1 2 done Comments When the system is registered with the LDAP directory server all gabk commands return the response command not supported gabk entries are entries stored in the global directory In the user interface the address book and global address book features are referred to as the global directory See Also To return local directory entries use the abk deprecated command on page 4 9 Polycom Inc System Commands gabpassword Sets the password to gain access to the Global Directory Server Syntax gabpassword 1 5 set password Parameter Description 1 5 References GDS server 1 5 all Returns all current entries set Sets the GDS password to password To erase the current setting omit passwo
149. by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 19 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Polycom HDX Component Monitor Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system DVI I output to a monitor with component connections It is male DVI A to three RCA Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 6 ft 1 8 m 2457 52698 006 Yes 12 ft 3 6 m 2457 52698 012 Yes PI C4 C2 C3 I 24 8 17 Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 20 Polycom Inc Cables HDX Component Video Cable 5 This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a video playback device with GS component connections It is three RCA to three male BNC Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 25 ft 7 6 m 2457 52688 025 Yes Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality p
150. cation does not break the rule because the system downspeeds calls to meet the required ISDN bandwidth limitations See Also Refer to the callstate command on page 4 64 You can use callstate register to obtain updated information on the status of a call For example when using the dial manual to place a call callstate register can tell you when the call is connected Polycom Inc System Commands dialchannels Sets or gets whether to dial ISDN channels in parallel This command is only applicable if you have an ISDN network interface connected to your system Syntax dialchannels get dialchannels set n Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the number of channels to dial n Sets the number of channels to dial n is 8 for QBRI 12 for PRI Feedback Examples e dialchannels set 8 returns dialchannels 8 e dialchannels get returns dialchannels 8 Polycom Inc 4 95 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems dialingdisplay Sets or gets the Place a Call screen dialing display Syntax dialingdisplay lt displaymarquee none gt Parameter Description displaymarquee Displays text in the dialing entry field Users cannot enter numbers manually when this option is selected The text displayed is specified by the marqueedisplaytext command none Removes the dialing entry field from the display Feedback Examples e dialingdispla
151. ce cece t eens 4 298 SPIONUDY vaciar ube te VAG wee lee eau Eee wee es 4 299 Smee ig hace traces A nascent nants A isso da 4 301 SUDNOSEMASK 35 42 tse ga staves pada Rd 4 302 SVSINLO air A eae eas esa asa 4 303 systema Me ality Sis A ke hte Sale doe ete E des ee 4 304 CPPOMS esr ninpa ae ave rita 4 305 tOCOSUPPOTE os ses BSG id wees 4 306 tel are code incite tit hee NGS Beh ace A co 4 307 SI tinea uneasy Duna Sou eo re nein eee 4 308 telnetechoOeol viii eds ees ea aed ne aie es 4 309 timed iffe Mt 5 6 Seta ws ie eea iia eiii Baiga E 4 310 ty PCOfSeLViCe ia a aes eae el 4 311 Polycom Inc xiii Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems xiv UdPPOMS soere yerinin ii rro reis 4 312 unregisterall deprecated rnrn rrr rnnr rrr 4 313 USCHXEA POLS eritis on pE a ao 4 314 USE Patek COPE o rr ec e E NEEE EEEE ET EEES 4 315 USEPAtI0MaVIZat L cessionis ereire sesh erini ea wh 4 316 useroompassword Loco 4 318 v35broadcastmode 1 eee cence renee teens 4 319 v3bdialingprotocol ou ccc cee se esse cerk niiko es eee ese Oe oe 4 320 VOOTUIMS criar io Dad Siena 4 321 VIDPOFISUSCO os oss saan ir Ea raras 4 323 5610 0 lt 1 db iene re ea edil 4 324 VOD POMS motero enn e Aone tl td 4 325 VIISU os nc scu ds rota ss 4 326 validateacctnhum 1 2 6 rr 4 327 SE DURON ni ARA ae ea ee 4 328 VCTAUCIOOUE urens id cdi a aod ect 4 331 verrecordSOUurce Lor 4 332 VETSION ii hens bhodas Petes A Eee eee ee 4 3
152. cessor It is a male to female DB 9 adapter plug This connection may require the straight through serial cable 2457 09172 001 on page Straight Through Serial Cable on page 2 54 and RS 422 Therefore for RS 232 support use a null modem cross over cable that carries only pins 2 3 and 5 with pins 2 and 3 crossed O Do not use this adapter with an AMX device AMX systems support both RS 232 Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1517 61577 001 Yes DBOF PIN1 amp 6 PIN4 PIN2 PING PIN 4 PINS PINT PING PINO Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no we responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc Using the API The Application Programming Interface API is a set of commands for advanced users who want to automate a Polycom HDX system You can use the API by connecting a control system or computer RS 232 serial port to the Polycom HDX system Or you can use Telnet over the LAN to use the API Using the API with an RS 232 Interface If you use an RS 232 interface to send API commands you must connect and configure the control system or comput
153. composite Sets the specified display to Composite format vga Sets the specified display to VGA format dvi Sets the specified display to DVI format component Sets the specified display to Component format 4 3 Sets the display aspect ratio to 4 3 standard 16 9 Sets the display aspect ratio to 16 9 wide screen 720p Sets the resolution to 1280x720p 50 60 Hz refresh rate determined by whether unit is PAL or NTSC respectively For monitors with Component format and 16 9 aspect ratio only 10801 Sets the resolution to 1920x1080i 50 60 Hz refresh rate determined by whether unit is PAL or NTSC respectively For monitors with Component format and 16 9 aspect ratio only 1080p Sets the resolution to 1920x1080p 50 60 Hz refresh rate determined by whether unit is PAL or NTSC respectively For monitors with Component format and 16 9 aspect ratio only 50hz720p Sets the resolution to 1280x720p 50 Hz PAL systems only For monitors with Component format and 16 9 aspect ratio only 4 76 Polycom Inc System Commands Parameter Description 60hz720p Sets the resolution to 1280x720p 60 Hz NTSC systems only For DVI and VGA formats with a 16 9 aspect ratio only 50hz10801 Sets the resolution to 1920x1080i 50 Hz DVI only PAL systems only For DVI and VGA formats with a 16 9 aspect ratio only 60hz10801 Sets the resolution to 1920x1080i 60 Hz DVI only NTSC systems only For DVI a
154. condary call type to SIP none Sets the secondary call type to none Feedback Examples e secondarycallchoice ip returns secondarycalltype ip e secondarycallchoice get returns secondarycalltype ip See Also You can set the primary call type using the primarycallchoice deprecated command on page 4 261 4 282 Polycom Inc serialnum Polycom Inc Returns the serial number of the system Syntax serialnum Feedback Examples e serialnum returns serialnum 82065205E72EC1 System Commands 4 283 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems session 4 284 Names or finds an active API session Syntax session name session name session find session name Parameter Description name Names the current API session find Finds an active API session for this system session name Unique string that identifies the session Feedback Examples session name sessionone returns session name sessionone success e If entered again session name sessionone returns info the supplied session name is already in use session name sessionone failed e session find sessionone info session sessionone attached e session find sessiontwo info session sessiontwo not connected Polycom Inc System Commands setaccountnumber Polycom Inc Sets the account number when it is required for dialing out Syntax setaccountnumber account numbe
155. contentsplash yes returns contentsplash yes contentsplash no returns contentsplash no Comments The splash screen displays a Polycom logo on content only displays when neither the near end nor the far end is sending content and when the Polycom HDX system is not in sleep mode By default the content splash value is set to yes When the content splash value is set to no black video or no signal is sent to the monitor depending on the screen saver output configured for the monitor The content splash setting is persistent across the power cycle See Also monitorlscreensaveroutput command on page 4 220 and monitor2screensaveroutput command on page 4 222 Polycom Inc country Polycom Inc System Commands Gets the country setting for the system Syntax country get Parameter Description get Returns the current setting Feedback Examples e country get returns country united states 4 85 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems cts 4 86 Sets or gets the CTS serial interface control signal clear to send configuration This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax cts lt get normal inverted ignore gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting normal Sets the signal to normal high voltage is logic 1 inverted Sets the signal to inverted low voltag
156. creen is displayed sysstatus Stops the system from receiving system status notifications sysalerts Stops the system from receiving system alerts vidsourcechanges Stops the system from receiving notification of camera source changes Feedback Examples e nonotify callstatus returns nonotify callstatus success e If entered again nonotify callstatus returns info event notification not active callstatus e nonotify calendarmeetings returns nonotify calendarmeetings success See Also See the related notify command on page 4 235 4 233 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems notify Lists the notification types that are currently being received or registers to receive status notifications Syntax notify notify lt callstatus captions linestatus mutestatus screenchanges gt notify lt sysstatus sysalerts vidsourcechanges gt notify calendarmeetings Parameter Description notify Lists the notification types that are currently being received in the following format registered for lt num gt notifications notification type gt calendarmeetings Registers the API client to receive meeting reminders callstatus Registers the system to receive changes in call status such as a connection or disconnection in the following format notification callstatus lt call direction gt lt call id gt lt far site name gt lt far site number gt
157. cted ceiling walls and furniture placement to fixture vendors The vendors will analyze the plans and return a finished lighting layout to the customer detailing the number of fixtures placement and required wiring A 7 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems It is important to remember that the use of traditional meeting room downcans even those that have color corrected light sources for any lighting in the field of view that may include human faces is to be avoided at all costs These will result in extremely uneven fields of light or pools and heavy unnatural shadows on the faces of the participants Room Preparation Conclusion Audio Elements Audio Input When we follow the above guidelines we dramatically improve the odds for success in the final deployment of live bi directional conference based human communications An added benefit is that this approach dramatically enhances the effectiveness of the room as it operates for more traditional meetings and presentations The environment is more comfortable and flexible and less dependent on specialized electronics for fixing deficiencies in the environment Once the space is prepared we can focus on integration of the various audiovisual tools within the environment audio video and control The primary input device for the audio portion of any conference system is the microphone Elsewhere in this book Basics of Audio and Visual Systems Design
158. cter for the echo is different for serial and LAN responses The feedback examples below and elsewhere in the Integrator s Reference Manual are based on the serial response When Not Registered To Receive Notifications When your system is not registered to receive any notifications and you send an API command an API echo and API acknowledgement are returned For example e camera near 2 lt CR gt API command returns camera near 2 lt LF gt lt CR gt API echo camera near 2 lt CR gt lt LF gt API acknowledgement When your system is not registered for notifications always use the API acknowledgement lt CR gt lt LF gt which indicates that the command was sent accepted and processed Never use the API echo lt LF gt lt CR gt which only indicates that you sent an API command but does not indicate whether the API command you sent was actually processed For example you receive an API echo even if you send an invalid API command In this case the API echo responds by echoing the invalid API command that you attempted to send When Registered To Receive Notifications Registering for notifications adds extra line responses in the form of API registration responses When your system is already registered to receive notifications and you send an API command that affects a notification an API echo API acknowledgement and API registration response are returned You Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems may recei
159. d speed and on or off are required valid speed Valid speeds are 56 64 2x56 112 2x64 128 168 192 224 256 280 320 336 384 392 7x64 504 512 560 576 616 640 672 704 728 768 784 832 840 14x64 952 960 1008 1024 1064 1088 1120 1152 1176 1216 1232 1280 1288 21x64 1400 1408 1456 1472 1512 1536 1568 1600 1624 1664 1680 1728 1792 1856 and 1920 kbps Note The highest speed for BRI systems is 512 kbps the highest speed for T1 systems is 1472 kbps and the highest speed for E1 systems is 1920 kbps on Enables the specified speed off Disables the specified speed Feedback Examples e isdndialspeed returns isdndialspeed e isdndialspeed returns isdndialspeed e isdndialspeed returns isdndialspeed set set set set get 168 256 on 256 on 168 off 168 off 168 off 4 191 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Comments The Polycom HDX system does not support separate settings for ISDN and IP dialing speeds When you change a setting using this command the settings associated with the ipdialspeed command on page 4 184 also change and vice versa 4 192 Polycom Inc isdnnum Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the ISDN video number or numbers assigned to the system This command is only applicable if you have an ISDN network interface connected to your system Syntax isdnnu
160. d V 35 TWISTED PAIR 34 piatresent OFA Single Ended out see 2 pubs tl 3 lAbandon Call R etry ACR Single Ended IRS366 3 Present Next Digit PND Single Ended RS 366 5 Ri 5 14 Receive Timing A Differential V 35 RS449 R 5530 17 TWISTED PAIR erminal Timing A ut V 35 RS449 R 5530 z 14 Request To Send RTS A Di RS449 R5530 a a e gt rwistep par base feesvecammen eng fase 35 Receive Common Gnd RS449 Hs feco aro mez ge Enies bu so 19 BCD Dial Digit Bit 2 NB2 Single Ended RS366 15 foco arpa se ge se Joss BCD Dial Digit Bit 8 NB8 Single Ended out RS366 17 ent owe x eet Jot VESES a Send Data A Differential V 35 R5449 R5530 2 DR Ce PP reserved Ascend select line Le fearta seners s ower In se 13 Clear To Send CTS B Di RS449 R5530 13 ez Toa tos ov 0s8 8 ower fn fisas 77 62 Data Mode DM DSR B Differet RS449 R S530 22 Les ecvernesy RR0 0 6 ernst usuaris Receiver Ready RR DCD B__ Differential RS449 R5530 10 o taner pezamen ga Ege a s Data Carrier Detect DCD Single Ended V 35 ir femnsrnesoy Morn 3 rns Jou Rufo 23 Terminal Ready TR DTR 8__ DI RS449 R5530 23 A A _ round to indicate a V 35 cable amp attached 7 18 19 1_ RS449 Cable Connected ground to indicate a RS449 cable is attached 7 18 19 Hao fearta seners gener eos pp Cle
161. d disconnects the specified site leaving other sites connected Comments After sending the hangup command feedback that the call has ended can take up to 15 seconds Polycom Inc System Commands history Lists the last commands used in the current session Syntax history Feedback Examples e history returns 1 ipaddress set 192 168 1 101 2 hostname set My 3 lanport 100fdx 4 callstate register 5 lanport get 6 history Comments If more than 64 commands have been issued only the last 64 are displayed with the most recent always at the bottom Polycom Inc 4 171 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems homecallquality 4 172 Sets or gets whether users are allowed to select the bandwidth for calls from the Place a Call screen Syntax homecallquality lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Displays the Call Quality menu on the home Place a Call screen no Removes the Call Quality menu from the Place a Call screen Feedback Examples homecallquality yes returns homecallquality yes homecallquality no returns homecallquality no homecallquality get returns homecallquality no Polycom Inc System Commands homemultipoint deprecated Sets or gets whether users are allowed to access the multipoint dialing screen via a Multipoint button on the home screen This command has been deprecated Syntax ho
162. d sends out the AMX Device Discovery beacon over the LAN interface On serial port API sessions a similar feature is always enabled This command does not affect that feature on serial port API sessions 4 27 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems answer Answers incoming video or phone calls analog voice or ISDN voice Syntax answer lt video phone gt Parameter Description video Answers incoming video calls when Auto Answer Point to Point Video or Auto Answer Multipoint Video is set to No phone Answers incoming analog phone or ISDN voice calls Feedback Examples e answer video returns answer incoming video call failed e answer video returns answer incoming video call passed e answer phone returns answer incoming phone call failed e answer phone returns answer incoming phone call passed 4 28 Polycom Inc System Commands areacode Sets or gets the area code for all ISDN lines This command is only applicable if you have a network interface connected to your system Syntax areacode get areacode set areacode Parameter Description get Returns the area code information set Sets the ISDN area code when followed by the area code parameter To erase the current setting omit areacode areacode Area code to use for all lines Feedback Examples e areacode set 212 returns areacode 212 e areacode get returns areacode 212
163. darshowpvtmeetings lt yes no gt Parameter Description get Gets the current setting for private meeting display yes Enables the display of private meetings no Blocks the display of private meetings Feedback Examples calendarshowpvtmeetings returns calendarshowpvtmeetings calendarshowpvtmeetings returns calendarshowpvtmeetings calendarshowpvtmeetings returns calendarshowpvtmeetings get no yes yes no no Polycom Inc calendarstatus Polycom Inc System Commands Returns the status of the Microsoft Exchange server connection Syntax calendarstatus get Parameter Description get Returns the Microsoft Exchange server connection status Feedback Examples e calendarstatus get returns calendarstatus established e calendarstatus get returns calendarstatus unavallable See Also Use the calendarregisterwithserver command on page 4 53 to enable or disable the calendaring service 4 57 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems calendaruser Gets or sets the user name the calendaring service uses to log in to the Microsoft Exchange server Syntax calendaruser get calendaruser username Parameter Description get Returns the user name being used by the calendaring service username The user name the calendaring service uses to log in to the Microsoft Exchange server Feedback Examples e calendaruser ge
164. de ISO 10646 characters including IA5 ASCII characters and extended characters such as and Feedback Examples Idapbinddn get returns Idapbinddn cn plcm admin1 ou plcmsupport ou plcmhelp dc hardware dc domain dc polycom dc com where cn common name ou organizational unit dc domain component Idapbinddn set cn plcm admin2 ou p1cmaccounts ou plcmservice dc hardware dc domain dc polycom dc com returns Idapbinddn cn plcm admin2 ou plcmaccounts ou plcmservice dc hardware dc domain dc polycom dc com where cn common name ou organizational unit dc domain component Polycom Inc Idapdirectory System Commands Sets or gets whether the LDAP directory server is enabled Syntax Idapdi rectory lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the LDAP directory server no Disables the LDAP directory server This is the default setting Feedback Examples e dapdirectory get returns ldapdirectory yes e Idapdirectory no returns ldapdirectory no Comments Each Polycom system supports a single global directory server at any given time Therefore enabling the LDAP directory server automatically disables any other global directory server such as the Polycom GDS directory server that is enabled If the Polycom GDS directory server and another directory server are defined on the system the Po
165. distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 6 Polycom Inc Cables V 35 RS 449 RS 530 Serial Adapter This adapter is used when connecting a Polycom HDX system to other third party network equipment It adapts the 68 pin interface to an industry standard 44 pin interface used by some network interface equipment It is used with Polycom HDX systems that have a V 35 RS 449 RS 530 serial network interface card NIC installed Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 6 in 15 23 cm 2457 21264 200 Yes Female Pin Polycom Inc Male Pin so ied bi eate lel eared Besa FEMALE _ View RA PIN 68 Bg MOLEX VHDCI PLUG KIT i A E MOLEX VHDCI STRAIN RELIEF gt Strain Relief my fi 4
166. e Feedback Examples e udpports set 3230 returns udpports 3230 e udpports get returns udpports 3230 Comments The Fixed Ports option on the Firewall screen must be selected for the UDP Ports option to be available 4 311 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems unregisterall deprecated Alias for the all unregister command Syntax unregisteral Feedback Examples unregisteral returns callstate unregistered camera unregistered linestate unregistered mute unregistered pip unregistered popup unregistered popupinfo unregistered preset unregistered screen unregistered vcbutton unregistered volume unregistered sleep unregistered phone unregistered video unregistered vcstream unregistered vc pod unregistered vc lan unregistered See Also This command is an alias for the preferred all unregister command on page 4 22 To register for user feedback use the all register command on page 4 20 or the registerall deprecated command on page 4 267 4 312 Polycom Inc usefixedports Polycom Inc Sets or gets the Fixed Ports configuration Syntax usefixedports lt get yes no gt System Commands Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the use of Fixed Ports no Disables the use of Fixed Ports Feedback Examples usefixedports returns usefixedports usefixedports returns usefixedports usefix
167. e 2 14 2 15 syntax command response 4 3 conventions 4 2 sysinfo command 4 303 system button command for access 4 176 systemname command 4 304 T tcpports command 4 305 technical support 3 4 technical support command for Global Management System 4 162 techsupport command 4 306 teleareacode command 4 307 telenumber command 4 308 Telnet session 3 3 telnetechoeol 4 309 test numbers video 3 4 time in call command 4 216 timediffgmt command 4 310 tones command for testing 4 151 typeofservice command 4 311 U udpports command 4 312 unregisterall command 4 313 URL command for Global Management System 4 163 usefixedports command 4 314 usegatekeeper command 4 315 usepathnavigator command 4 316 user settings command for access 4 27 useroompassword command 4 318 Vv V 35 cable 2 8 2 9 V 35 RS 449 RS 530 adapter 2 7 v35broadcastmode command 4 319 v35dialingprotocol command 4 320 Index 7 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems v35num command 4 321 v35portsused command 4 323 v35prefix command 4 324 v35profile command 4 325 v35suffix command 4 326 validateacctnum command 4 327 vcbutton command 4 328 VCR audio out command for controlling 4 331 VCR DVD composite cable 2 27 vcraudioout command 4 331 verrecordsource command 4 332 version command 4 333 VGA cable 2 17 vgaquality preference command for video calls 4 334 vgaqualitypreference command 4 334 video call command to answer
168. e 2 4 ISDN command for line state changes 4 209 ISDN dialing speed 4 192 ISDN information display on home screen 4 186 isdnareacode command 4 189 isdncountrycode command 4 190 isdndialingprefix command 4 191 isdndialspeed command 4 192 isdnnum command 4 194 isdnswitch command 4 195 K keypadaudioconf command 4 196 Knowledge Base 3 4 L LAN cable 2 3 LAN CAT 5e cable 2 1 language command 4 197 lanport command 4 198 LDAP SSL encryption state 4 207 LDAP server address 4 205 authentication type 4 199 base DN 4 200 bind DN 4 201 password 4 204 port 4 206 Idapauthenticationtype command 4 199 Idapbasedn command 4 200 Idapbinddn command 4 201 Idapdirectory command 4 202 Idapntlmdomain command 4 203 Idappassword command 4 204 Idapserveraddress command 4 205 Idapserverport command 4 206 Idapsslenabled command 4 207 Idapusername command 4 208 linestate command 4 209 listen command 4 210 Index localdatetime command 4 211 M marqueedisplaytext command 4 212 maxgabinternationalcallspeed command 4 213 maxgabinternetcallspeed command 4 214 maxgabisdncallspeed command 4 215 maxtimeincall command 4 216 mcupassword command 4 217 microphone host cable 2 41 monitor command for split screen 4 112 content presentation 4 80 monitor1 command 4 219 monitorlscreensaveroutput command 4 220 4 222 monitor2 command 4 221 mpautoanswer command 4 223 mpmode command 4 224 mtumode command 4 226 mtusize command 4 227 mul
169. e command format Polycom Inc System Commands vortex lt portnum gt forward lt vortexcmd gt where lt portnum gt is 0 if the Vortex is connected to the first serial port or 1 if the Vortex is connected to the second serial port and lt vortexcmd gt is a Vortex specific command Whatever value is passed in this parameter will be sent to the Vortex Polycom Inc 4 339 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems waitfor 4 340 This command is used within script files or control panel programs to wait for a specific event before executing the next statement It causes the API session to wait until a call being placed either connects or fails or until system is ready to place a call such as after a reboot waiting for the ISDN lines to come up Syntax waitfor lt callcomplete systemready gt Parameter Description callcomplete Causes the API session to wait until a call being placed either connects or fails systemready Causes the system to return the message system is ready when the system is ready to make a call Feedback Examples e waitfor callcomplete returns waiting for call complete and returns call is complete when the call either connects or fails e waitfor systemready returns waiting for system ready and returns system is ready when the system is ready to make a call Comments This command can be used to synchronize a remote controller with the system
170. e connects a Polycom HDX system HDCI video input to a Polycom EagleEye View camera It has male HDCI connectors on both ends s 4 Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 9 ft 10 in 3 m 2457 29759 001 Yes 33 ft 10 m 2457 29759 010 Yes 50 3000 50 P SEE NOTE 7 WIRING LIST NANE PINS PINE UNIT Pn He e ET fer seo fsp ene ooo ls 1 05 EE CONDUCTOR CENTER CENTER SHIELD Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 34 Polycom Inc Cables HDCI Sony VISCA Adapter Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system HDCI video input to a camera r using Sony 8 pin mini DIN VISCA and S Video It is HDCI to 8 pin mini DIN es gt and S Video Standard S Video and Sony VISCA cables are required to connect this cable to the camera The VISCA cable is a straight through male 8 pin mini DIN to male 8 pin mini DIN serial cable Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1 ft 0 3 m 2457 23549 001 Yes PI 4 5 REF 1 que uf s REF i R1 5 REF ey 3 12 6 RE
171. e get returns isdncountrycode 1 Comments The system is generally able to automatically determine the country code based on the country you selected during initial system setup Polycom Inc 4 189 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems isdndialingprefix Sets or gets the ISDN dialing prefix used to access an outside line if the system is behind a PBX This command is only applicable if you have an ISDN network interface connected to your system Syntax isdndialingprefix get isdndialingprefix set isdn prefix Parameter Description get Returns the dialing prefix set Sets the ISDN prefix when followed by the isdn prefix parameter To erase the current setting omit isdn prefix isdn prefix The digit s that must be dialed to reach an outside line Feedback Examples e isdndialingprefix set 9 returns isdndialingprefix 9 e isdndialingprefix get returns isdndialingprefix 9 4 190 Polycom Inc isdndialspeed Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the valid dialing speed of the ISDN network interface This command only applies if an ISDN network interface is connected to a system Syntax isdndialspeed get valid speed isdndialspeed set valid speed lt on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting The parameter valid speed is required set Sets the ISDN dialing speed The parameters vali
172. e is logic 1 ignore Ignores the signal Feedback Examples e cts normal returns cts normal e cts inverted returns cts inverted e cts get returns cts inverted Comments The default setting for this signal is normal Polycom Inc System Commands daylightsavings Sets or gets the daylight savings time setting When you enable this setting the system clock automatically changes for daylight saving time Syntax daylightsavings lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables automatic adjustment for daylight savings time no Disables automatic adjustment for daylight savings time Feedback Examples e daylightsavings no returns daylightsavings no e daylightsavings yes returns daylightsavings yes e daylightsavings get returns daylightsavings yes Polycom Inc 4 87 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems dcd Sets the configuration for the DCD serial interface control signal data carrier detect This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax dcd lt normal inverted gt Parameter Description normal Sets the signal to normal high voltage is logic 1 inverted Sets the signal to inverted low voltage is logic 1 Feedback Examples e dcd normal returns dcd normal e dcd inverted returns dcd inverted Comments
173. e specified user interface screen s all All of the user interface screens none None of the user interface screens screen_name Name of a specific user interface screen disable Disables navigation to the specified user interface screen s Feedback Examples screencontrol enable all returns screencontrol enable all success screencontrol disable adminsettings returns screencontrol disable adminsettings success and disables navigation to the Admin Settings screen of the user interface screencontrol disable none returns screencontrol disable none success and reverses all screen disable commands screencontrol disable main returns error screen main unknown screencontrol disable main failed if main is an unknown screen name See Also Refer to the screen command on page 4 281 for details about accessing screen names 4 281 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems secondarycallchoice deprecated Sets or gets the secondary call type for placing calls With the implementation of the videocallorder command on page 4 335 and the voicecallorder command on page 4 336 this command has been deprecated Syntax secondarycallchoice lt get isdn ip sip none gt Parameter Description get Returns the current secondary call type isdn Sets the secondary call type to ISDN ip Sets the secondary call type to IP sip Sets the se
174. eceive notification of camera source changes in the following format notification vidsourcechange lt near or far gt lt camera index gt lt camera name gt lt people or content gt Feedback Examples notify mutestatus returns notify mutestatus success acknowledging that the session is now registered to receive mutestatus notifications notify callstatus returns notify callstatus success acknowledging that the session is now registered to receive callstatus notifications If entered again notify callstatus returns info event notification already active callstatus notify returns registered for 2 notifications mutestatus notify calendarmeetings returns notify calendarmeetings success The following are examples of notifications that may be returned after registering to receive them notification callstatus outgoing 34 Polycom HDX Demo 192 168 1 101 connected 384 0 videocal1l notification mutestatus near near near near muted notification screenchange systemsetup systemsetup_a 4 235 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 236 e notification vidsourcechange near 1 Main people e notification inestatus outgoing 32 0 0 disconnected e notification vidsourcechange near 6 ppcip content e notification vidsourcechange near none none content e notification calendarmeetings AAAaAEF SZXgu TWF jRGQUYWXkQHBvbH 1 j b20uY29tAVEACT jMne2 ndgARgA AAADr9G1hsSjWEZBcAAKZMphJ B
175. echnical support Use this web site when you need help using the API Feature Enhancement Request Web Site Video Test Numbers Knowledge Base Go to www polycom com support and navigate to Feature Request This web site allows you to submit suggestions for feature enhancements Use this web site when you have requests for future development of the Polycom API Refer to www polycom com videotest This web site provides you with test numbers of various Polycom systems worldwide Use this web site when you need to access video test numbers to use when testing your Polycom system Refer to the Knowledge Base at www polycom com support This tool allows you to search for user guides release notes and other forms of product documentation You can also search for troubleshooting information and technical briefs Use this web site when you need to access Polycom product documentation or tips A V Professionals Web Site 3 4 Refer to www polycom com and navigate to Solutions gt Industry Solutions gt A V Professionals This web site provides you with information and downloads including API controller code downloads that are specific to A V professionals Use this web site when you want to locate the latest information for integrators of Polycom products Polycom Inc System Commands This chapter describes the API commands for software version 2 6 For an alphabetical list of all the commands refer to the table of contents fo
176. ecified method is attempted when a voice call is placed Positions 1 2 are relative and are shown as 3 4 in the user interface if video protocols are enabled Feedback Examples e voicecallorder pots 1 returns voicecallorder pots 1 e voicecallorder isdn_phone 1 returns voicecallorder isdn_phone 1 See Also To set the dialing order for video protocols use the videocallorder command on page 4 335 Polycom Inc 4 335 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems volume 4 336 Sets or gets the call audio volume not sound effects on the system or registration for volume changes Syntax volume lt register unregister gt volume lt get up down set 0 50 gt volume range Parameter Description register Registers to receive notification when the volume changes unregister Disables register mode get Returns the current volume level up Increases the audio volume by 1 down Decreases the audio volume by 1 set Sets the volume to a specified level Requires a volume setting from 0 50 range Returns the valid volume range available to the user Feedback Examples e volume register returns volume registered e If entered again volume register returns info event notification already active volume volume returns volume volume returns volume volume returns volume set 23 23 up 24 get 24 Polycom Inc System Comm
177. ed when placing a call through a gateway Syntax displayipext lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the display of the IP extension no Enables the display of the IP extension Feedback Examples e displayipext returns displayipext e displayipext returns displayipext e displayipext returns displayipext Comments yes yes no no get no When this option is selected the extension field is visible on the Home screen 4 103 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems displayipisdninfo deprecated Sets or gets the display of IP and ISDN information on the Home screen This command has been deprecated Polycom recommends using the ipisdninfo command on page 4 186 Syntax displayipisdninfo lt yes no both ip only isdn only none get gt Parameter Description yes Enables the display of both IP and ISDN information Provides feedback both Disables the display of IP and ISDN information Provides feedback none both Enables the display of both IP and ISDN information ip only Disables the display of IP information isdn only Enables the display of ISDN information none Disables the display of IP and ISDN information get Returns the current setting Feedback Examples 4 104 displayipisdninfo returns displayipisdninfo displa
178. edports returns usefixedports yes yes no no get no 4 313 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems usegatekeeper Sets or gets the gatekeeper mode off specify or auto Syntax usegatekeeper lt get off specify auto gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting Note A gatekeeper is not required to make IP to IP LAN calls In these situations select the off option off Select this option if no gatekeeper is required or if you make IP to IP LAN calls specify Specifies a gatekeeper If this option is selected you must enter the gatekeeper IP address or name using the gatekeeperip command on page 4 139 auto Sets the system to automatically find an available gatekeeper Feedback Examples e usegatekeeper returns usegatekeeper e usegatekeeper returns usegatekeeper e usegatekeeper returns usegatekeeper e usegatekeeper returns usegatekeeper See Also off off specify specify auto auto get auto See the gatekeeperip command on page 4 139 4 314 Polycom Inc System Commands usepathnavigator Polycom Inc Sets or gets the Polycom PathNavigator mode Polycom ReadiManager SE200 mode or Polycom Converged Management Application CMA mode if the PathNavigator ReadiManager or Polycom CMA system is used with the Polycom HDX system Syntax usepathnavigator lt get
179. edvsene chou ss bebe seed EEEE EE EE ii 4 9 addrb ok 4 63 fies bee a ee PERDE TER EE EKER REESE aa Re 4 12 addressdisplayedingab 00 cece eee eee eee ee 4 15 dynetstats ea 4 16 AlELHUSELIONG tains seis Aces eh da neta eireameraaie 4 18 alertvideoton e eiii nia ei Meera eed Ved ee wean GE 4 19 All register iras nace e sasha pa Rew 4 20 all tE SISTE iii Bia tees Haase hae Vee et eset 4 22 allowabkchanges cuicos Se eu e 4 23 allowcamerapresetssetup 0 cece ete eeete tee eeeee 4 24 AO WOT ALIT iii pi te leed heb 4 25 allowmixedcalls poe erse eotie eee chee E EEEE EEEE eed wean ae 4 26 allowusersetup srest nenret nrinn neea eee cnet nee es 4 27 E aetna 4 28 A ON 4 29 areacode iii o E EO a aa 4 30 AUCIOMELED rio aii rs pts ria re 4 31 ts Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems viii audiotransmitlevel 0 ccc ccc cnet een eens 4 33 AULOANS WEL li A SA bebe ae ake 4 35 autoshowcontent 0 sensen enrere errre 4 36 backlightcompensation 0 0 cece eee eee eee eee eee 4 37 asicmode ori A A A nuk Belo ek Pee 4 38 brilenable bri2enable bri3enable britenable 4 39 briallenable ii A ei lind 4 40 DURON TO 4 41 calendardomain s seris eci errar ccc ete nt teen A 4 45 Calendarmeectings A EN 4 46 c lendarpass Word cid il dS ls ais 4 51 calendar playtone iii ei ie 4 52 calendarregisterwithserver 0 0 e eee eee
180. eedback Examples bd get screen returns screen near e get screen returns screen makeacal e get screen returns screen generatetone See Also You can also use the screen command on page 4 281 Polycom Inc 4 151 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems getcallstate Gets the state of the calls in the current conference Syntax getcallstate Feedback Examples e getcallstate returns cs cal1 34 speed 384 dialstr 192 168 1 101 state connected cs call 1 inactive cs call 2 inactive See Also To register the shell session to receive notifications about call state activities see the callstate command on page 4 64 4 152 Polycom Inc System Commands getconfiguredipaddress Polycom Inc Retrieves the currently configured IPv4 address from the system Syntax getconfiguredipaddress Feedback Examples e getconfiguredipaddress returns getconfiguredipaddress 1 2 3 4 Comments getconfiguredipaddress returns the currently configured IPv4 address of the system regardless of the status of the LAN connection This differs from the ipaddress get command which returns the current IP address of the system if it has an active LAN connection else it returns 0 0 0 0 The definition of currently configured IPv4 address depends on the IPv4 address configuration settings Ifthe Connect to My LAN setting is disabled then 0 0 0 0 is returned Otherwise the definition depend
181. eee 4 53 calendarremindertime 0 ccc cece cece tenes 4 54 CalendarresOuUrce umi Mare ea GR ay MaRS oleh eels 4 55 calendarserver ia talas 4 56 calendarshowpvtmeetings oooooococoococcoro rr 4 57 calendarstatUSi ai e e A AS dane i 4 58 Cal AUS A A ES 4 59 call deta ii A A A TS 4 60 calldetailreport irc EA ER 4 61 callencryption deprecated o oooooooocccocococoor 4 62 cli iia dee ee ida ele ee 4 63 Call States Ak cree tee ek ngs a amet aca Ea 4 64 callstats ii A A A SA a ee A 4 66 CAMA EAS 4 67 cameradirection 0 cece cence ene t eee n eens 4 70 camera np Ub eaa ecd Gone id ad Gea eM 4 71 Chaircontrolien ii AA bene aoe ceases 4 72 CUERO ii seis wes ks LORRY Reeth Ew BEE RE RE 4 74 COLOPD ALT a ots dessa A a alt Ge oe nae Ee peek ae lee edna 4 75 configchange deprecated 0 0 0 e eee eee eee ee 4 76 COMMS CIS PAY ieta teleien e a E hae 4 77 CONMPPATAME it degen Weed Lote Seek kee ba Lee a Lowe teas 4 79 configpresentation as sser sachs a Swe bos Ble oe bas 4 80 COMMIT IAG marame meha Shek hecho Gee epee eagle Ra Gloag i Boel 4 82 contirmdirdel iss evs dened AS eae Po eek Panes EEKAN 4 83 CONnteNtaUtO ea ec scien Le ee E EAE 4 84 contentsplash cuina ia e died edad 4 85 COUNTY weal One ath ren a ea Egat ae eas 4 86 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Contents CHS LAA iat ehh AE AAN E E 4 87 daylightSavinigs is o A ali 4 88 d d E Vik Se ad Wea es RRS 4 89 cd filtet is ue Acti ile he
182. el 1 B1 1b2 designates line 1 B channel 2 B2 set Sets the ISDN video number for a B channel line when followed by a v35 number parameter To erase the current setting omit the v35 number parameter 1b1 is port 1 and 1b2 is port 2 v35 number Numeric string This is the ISDN video number s provided by your network service provider Feedback Examples e v35num set 1b1 returns v35num 1b1 lt empty gt e v35num set 1b2 7005551212 returns v35num 1b2 7005551212 e v35num get 1b2 returns v35num 1b2 7005551212 Comments The 1b1 and 1b2 parameters follow the convention and nomenclature of the user interface and the isdnnum command on page 4 194 Polycom Inc System Commands See Also See the isdnnum command on page 4 194 Polycom Inc 4 321 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems v35portsused 4 322 Sets or gets the number of ports to use on the V 35 RS 449 RS 530 network interface module Syntax v35portsused lt get 1 1 2 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 1 Selects one port for one channel calls 1 2 Selects two ports for two channel calls 2 x 56 kbps or 2 x 64 kbps Feedback Examples e v35portsused 1 returns v35portsused 1 e v35portsused 1 2 returns v35portsused 1 2 e v35portsused get returns v35portsused 1 2 Polycom Inc v35 prefix Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or ge
183. eletelocaldirectory Polycom Inc System Commands roomphonenumber Sets or gets the number of the phone that is located in the same room as the system Syntax roomphonenumber get roomphonenumber set number Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the room phone number when followed by the number parameter To erase the current setting omit the number parameter number Phone number for a telephone not the system in the room Use quotation marks around the number if it contains spaces For example 408 555 2323 Feedback Examples e roomphonenumber set returns roomphonenumber lt empty gt e roomphonenumber set 408 555 2323 returns roomphonenumber 408 555 2323 e roomphonenumber get returns roomphonenumber 408 555 2323 Comments If the system is managed by the Global Management System software this number will be provided to the Global Management System administrator if the person using the system requests help Polycom Inc 4 273 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems rs232 baud rs232port baud The rs232 baud command sets or gets the baud rate for the first RS 232 port For systems with two serial ports use rs232port1 baud to set the rate for the second serial port Syntax rs232 baud lt get 9600 14400 19200 38400 57600 115200 gt rs232port1 baud lt get 9600 14400 19200 38400 57600 115200
184. em Commands echocanceller Sets or gets the configuration of echo cancellation which prevents users from hearing their voices loop back from the far site Syntax echocanceller lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the echo canceller option no Disables the echo canceller option Feedback Examples e echocanceller yes returns echocancellerred yes echocancellerwhite yes e echocanceller no returns echocancellerred no echocancellerwhite no e echocanceller get returns echocancellerred no echocancellerwhite no Comments This option is enabled by default Polycom strongly recommends that you do not turn off echo cancellation except when using an external microphone system with its own built in echo cancellation Polycom Inc 4 115 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems enablefirewalltraversal 4 116 Sets or gets the Enable H 460 Firewall Traversal setting This feature requires an Edgewater session border controller that supports H 460 Syntax enablefirewalltraversal lt get on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Enables the firewall traversal feature off Disables the firewall traversal feature Feedback Examples enablefirewalltraversal on returns enablefirewalltraversal on enablefirewalltraversal off returns enablefirewalltraversal off enablef
185. emperature To best meet these requirements indirect fluorescent lighting most often is recommended This type of lighting works by using the upper walls and ceiling as diffuse reflectors for the light The usual recommended color temperature for these is 3 000 to 3 800 degrees Kelvin If there is a significant quantity of outdoor light entering the room the lamps should be more than 5 500 degrees Kelvin The light fixtures generally recommended for indirect lighting are available from a number of manufacturers They typically are three tube 8 oval indirect up lights though they may take the form of chandelier style pendant lights wall sconces cove lights or flushmounted specialized troughs Many manufacturers work closely with contractors and lighting designers to ensure that the correct light levels and shadow free zones are designed into the room especially when used for videoconferencing Lamps for these fixtures are available in a variety of specified color temperatures from numerous manufacturers including Sylvania General Electric and Osram Phillips Indirect fixtures are available in a number of different designs or looks and can be purchased in configurations that will complement and not detract from the interior design of the space Lighting layout recommendations and determination of the number of fixtures needed are handled either by the architectural design firm or by submitting a complete floor plan including refle
186. entry field on the Place a Call screen Syntax marqueedisplaytext get marqueedisplaytext set text Parameter Description get Returns the current marquee display text set Sets the text to display in the dialing entry field followed by the text to use Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces text Text to display Enclose the character string in quotation marks if it includes spaces If text is omitted the system automatically sets it to Welcome Feedback Examples e marqueedisplaytext set Select an entry from the directory returns marqueedisplaytext Select an entry from the directory e marqueedisplaytext get returns marqueedisplaytext Select an entry from the directory Comments This command has an effect only when the dialingdisplay is set to display a marquee See Also The dialing display is specified by the dialingdisplay command on page 4 97 Polycom Inc 4 211 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems maxgabinternationalcallspeed Sets or gets the maximum speed for international ISDN calls made from the global directory This command is only applicable if you have an ISDN network interface connected to your system Syntax maxgabinternationalcallspeed get maxgabinternationalcallspeed set valid speed Parameter Description get Returns the current valid speed set Sets the maximum speed for internatio
187. eoconferencing environment should be sized for the number of attendees the physical distances involved and the type of material presented onscreen The screen size should allow for clear and easy viewing at the various distances experienced within the room A measure of required screen size that often is applied to projection technology is no closer than 1 5 times the diagonal measure and no farther than 7 times that measure Nobody should have to sit closer than 2 times the screen diagonal measure nor farther than 8 times that measure Direct viewed tube type displays monitors almost always are sharpest and brightest in a videoconferencing environment Retro projector cabinet displays which look like largescreen TVs are next in sharpness and brightness and front screen projectors come in last Glare and uncontrolled ambient room lighting adversely affect the quality of the image most with front screen projectors and least with direct view tubes A very limited number of frontscreen projection systems have sufficient brightness and contrast to be useful in a properly lit videoconference room A 11 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Video Projection for Use in Videoconference Cameras A 12 Many installations make use of video projection devices The most important thing to remember in the planning of video projection for a videoconference space is that front projection is vastly inferior to rear project
188. eport 4 238 Polycom Inc System Commands numberofmonitors deprecated Returns the number of display monitors configured With the implementation of the configdisplay command on page 4 77 this command has been deprecated Syntax numberofmonitors get Feedback Examples e numberofmonitors get returns numberofmonitors 1 when one monitor is configured for display e numberofmonitors get returns numberofmonitors 2 when two monitors are configured for display See Also The recommended command for accessing display configuration is the configdisplay command on page 4 77 For example to determine the state of Monitor 2 use configdisplay monitor2 get Polycom Inc 4 239 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems numdigitsdid 4 240 Sets or gets the number of digits in the DID Gateway number E 164 dialing Syntax numdigitsdid lt get 0 24 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 0 24 Specifies the number of digits in DID numbers Feedback Examples e numdigitsdid 7 returns numdigitsdid 7 e numdigitsdid get returns numdigitsdid 7 Comments The number of digits in the DID is that portion of the full DID that the Gateway will be given from the ISDN service provider as the Called Party Line Identifier This in turn will be passed to the Gatekeeper for address resolution Polycom Inc numdigitsext Polycom Inc S
189. er and the Polycom HDX system for serial communication Configuring the RS 232 Interface Polycom Inc If you use the API with a serial connection make sure that the RS 232 interfaces of the Polycom HDX system and your computer are configured appropriately To access the RS 232 settings on your system select System gt Admin Settings gt General Settings gt Serial Port Configure the Baud Rate and RS 232 Mode options as follows Configure this way on your Configure this way on the Option computer Polycom HDX system Baud Rate Must be the same rate for both devices Available rates are 9600 14400 e 19200 38400 57600 115200 RS 232 Mode Control Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems The RS 232 port on the Polycom HDX system supports the following modes Camera PTZ e Closed Caption e Control e Pass Thru e Vortex Mixer In Control Mode a device for example a computer connected to the RS 232 port can control the system using the API In Pass Thru Mode the operational modes of both devices RS 232 ports depend on the port configuration of each device Starting an API Session via an RS 232 Interface After you have verified that the Polycom HDX system and your computer or control system are both configured appropriately set up both devices as follows 1 Power off the computer or control system and the Polycom HDX system 2 Use an RS 232 cab
190. er attention to the acoustic and visual issues for any presentation space that will be connected via conference to another Minor seemingly insignificant anomalies we often ignore in the local environment become significant impediments to smooth communication with people at the far end of any connection In short we must always ask ourselves What does this look like and sound like to the people at the farend Polycom Inc Walls Windows Polycom Inc Room Design and Layout In order to guarantee that the final conference environment will have a solid foundation we begin with the construction of the walls floors and ceilings for videoconference spaces Conference room walls should be built from slab to slab That is there should be no gaps from the concrete of one floor to the concrete of the next floor Resilient gypsum board mountings should be used to close any gaps The thickness of the gypsum board should be 5 8 or more one layer of 5 8 and one layer of 1 2 bonded together would be ideal on the inside of the room with 1 2 thick or as required by local building codes appropriate for the outside of the walls There should always be a difference in thickness between the materials used on the inner versus the outer walls That difference in thickness subdues mechanical coupling vibration between the two layers A good overall wall thickness is 6 It is recommended that offset stud construction be u
191. erence drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 18 Polycom Inc Cables BNC Monitor Adapter Cable This cable connects the Polycom HDX system DVI I output to a variety of analog display devices with composite S Video component YPbPr or RGBHV inputs It is male DVI A to five female BNC connectors Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1 ft 0 3 m 2457 23533 001 Yes ha 305412 si a i k SHELL C4 2 c3 l En 24 8 17 I 9 A 21 67 REF 15 REF G 12 f 8 75 REF xO n D2 5 REF SCALE 1 000 a WIRING LIST SIGNAL WIRE 5 VSyn COAX 1 CENTER SOCKET R C Pr Per eona eme per gt G Y Y Comp c2 coax 3 CENTER socer B Pb c3 coax sa centER socer HSync ca coax 5 center socker eee ect COAX 2 SHIELD SHELL GROUND es conas saeco pom coax 4 sHieLo swe coax es sueo siu Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided
192. erformance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 21 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems DVI D Monitor Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system DVI I output to a DVI D monitor It is male DVI D on both ends Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 4 ft 6 in 1 5 m 2457 25181 001 Yes 9 ft 10 in 3 m 2457 23793 001 Yes 3000450 PI P2 Pm LIST OSY LIST TMOS Date Tt 5 TMOS Datoz 2 2 poc Clock 6 6 Er poc Date 7 7 e TMS DotolI 9 9 TMOS Datol to to TMS Dato Shield n u 5 Volts ts ta Es 5 Volts Ground 15 15 Es et Plug Detect f ie e A TMOS Datoo n tr me TMOS Dato0 18 i8 RING TMOS Dated Shield 19 19 DRAIN TMOS Clock Shield 22 22 DRAIN RING TR a TMS Clock 24 24 Shield SHELL SHELL B C Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Pol
193. ername get returns Idapusername jpolycom Idapusername set mpolycom returns Idapusername mpolycom 4 207 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems linestate Sets or gets API session registration to receive notifications about IP or ISDN line state changes Syntax linestate get linestate lt register unregister gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting register Registers to receive notification when IP or ISDN line states change unregister Unregisters to receive notification when IP or ISDN line states change Feedback Examples e Tinestate register returns linestate registered e Tinestate unregister returns linestate unregistered e linestate get returns linestate unregistered Comments IP line state changes are only received in a serial API session 4 208 Polycom Inc listen Polycom Inc System Commands Registers the RS 232 session to listen for incoming video calls phone calls or system sleep or awake state and consequently to give notification when the registered state occurs Syntax listen lt video phone sleep gt Parameter Description video Instructs the session to listen for incoming video calls When this event occurs the message listen video ringing is received phone Instructs the session to listen for incoming phone calls When this event occurs the message listen phone ringing is
194. es analog telephone 2 6 audio 2 49 2 50 BNC 2 21 BNC monitor 2 19 BNC to S Video 2 15 BRI 2 4 CAT 5e LAN 2 1 Component A V Monitor 2 23 composite video 2 28 DVI 2 18 2 19 2 20 DVI Monitor 2 22 DVI to VGA 2 14 2 17 HDCI 2 24 2 25 2 26 2 30 2 31 2 32 2 33 2 35 2 36 HDMI monitor 2 18 HDX component video 2 21 ISDN 2 4 LAN 2 3 microphone 2 43 2 44 2 46 microphone host 2 41 Polycom HDX component monitor 2 20 POTS 2 6 PowerCam break out 2 38 PowerCam control 2 39 PowerCam Plus primary 2 29 PowerCam primary 2 37 PRI 2 4 RCA 2 21 RS 366 2 9 2 10 2 12 RS 449 2 10 RS 530 2 12 serial 2 54 S Video 2 14 V 35 2 8 2 9 VCR DVD composite 2 27 VISCA 2 39 Vortex 2 51 call quality command for access 4 173 call speed command for Internet 4 214 command for ISDN 4 215 Index 2 international calls maximum speed 4 213 maximum command 4 213 call status displaying B 1 call type primary 4 261 secondary 4 283 calldetail command 4 60 calldetailreport command 4 61 callencryption command 4 62 callinfo command 4 63 callstate command 4 64 callstats command 4 66 camera command 4 67 camera presets command to allow 4 24 cameradirection command 4 70 camerainput command 4 71 cameras connecting Polycom EagleEye 1080 camera 1 9 PowerCam as main camera 1 11 PowerCam as secondary camera 1 12 1 13 PowerCam Plus as main camera 1 14 PowerCam Plus as second camera 1 15 1 17 Sony BRC H700 PT
195. es Enables mixed IP and ISDN calls no Disables mixed IP and ISDN calls Feedback Examples e allowmixedcalls no returns allowmixedcalls no e allowmixedcalls yes returns allowmixedcalls yes e allowmixedcalls get returns allowmixedcalls yes Polycom Inc 4 25 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems allowusersetup 4 26 Adds or removes the User Settings icon on the System screen which allows users to access the User Settings screen Syntax allowusersetup lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the User Settings icon no Disables the User Settings icon Feedback Examples e allowusersetup returns allowusersetup allowusersetup returns allowusersetup e allowusersetup returns allowusersetup Comments no no yes yes get yes This command is useful to prevent users from changing the user settings Polycom Inc amxdd Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the AMX Device Discovery beacon Syntax amxdd get amxdd lt on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Turns on the AMX Device Discovery beacon off Turns off the AMX Device Discovery beacon Feedback Examples e amxdd get returns amxdd off e amxdd on returns amxdd on Comments The default setting for this signal is off Turning on this comman
196. es the near camera Requires a set or go parameter and a preset identifier Feedback Examples e preset register returns preset registered e preset near go 1 returns preset near go 1 and moves the near site camera to the preset 1 position e preset near set 2 returns preset near set 2 and saves the current location position of the near site camera as preset 2 Polycom Inc System Commands Comments Up to 100 preset camera positions can be set These camera presets can be distributed across the far camera and up to four near site cameras Polycom Inc 4 251 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems pricallbycall 4 252 Sets or gets the PRI call by call value This command is only applicable if you have a PRI network interface connected to your system Syntax pricallbycall get pricallbycall set 0 31 Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets PRI call by call when followed by a value from 0 31 0 31 Range of call by call values Feedback Examples e pricallbycall set 1 returns pricallbycall 1 e pricallbycall get returns pricallbycall 1 Comments Call by call is a number from 0 to 31 which is optionally sent to an upstream telephone company switch if required For example specify a value of 6 for a T1 PRI network interface module that is directly connected to an ATT 5ESS switch which is provisioned with Accunet Yo
197. et yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the option no Disables the option Feedback Examples e requireacctnumtodial yes returns requireacctnumtodial yes e requireacctnumtodial no returns requireacctnumtodial no e requireacctnumtodial get returns requireacctnumtodial no Comments When this option is selected you cannot make a call without first entering an account number This account number is saved in the Global Management System server database along with information specific to the call Typically the Global Management System administrator assigns the account number Polycom Inc 4 271 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems resetsystem 4 272 Resets the system and optionally deletes system settings or local address book entries Syntax resetsystem deletesystemsettings deletelocaldirectory Parameter Description deletesystemsettings Resets all configuration settings to default values deletelocaldirectory Deletes all local directory entries from the address book Feedback Examples e resetsystem returns resetsystem e resetsystem deletesystemsettings returns resetsystem deletesystemsettings e resetsystem deletelocaldirectory returns resetsystem deletelocaldirectory e resetsystem deletesystemsettings deletelocaldirectory returns resetsystem deletesystemsettings d
198. etation of sound direction when the same sound arrives at the ear from two or more directions within a certain time period We attribute the direction of the sound to the direction from which the sound is first perceived even if it is mixed with that same sound arriving from a completely different direction as long as the two or more instances of the sound are within about 30ms of one another Since sound travels faster electronically than it travels through the open air we may need to add audio delay to the side firing or ceiling speaker arrays in order to keep the primary perceived point source as the front of room front firing speakers Power is a function of loudspeaker efficiency and total available system power Most speakers operate in a power range that is broader than the range in which they operate without distortion For the purpose of conference communication we are interested in sound that has little or no distortion Sound that is reproduced accurately with no distortion will most accurately represent the voice of the people from the far end our primary goal Accurate reproduction also will aid the echo cancellation circuitry in the system minimizing the amount of echo that the system sends back to the people at the far end and thereby increasing perceived ease of intelligibility and understanding Remember that any distortions present in the playback audio system whether harmonic amplitude gain compression or temporal
199. etmask 255 255 255 0 winsserver 192 168 1 106 lanport auto webaccessport 80 4 187 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems isdnareacode 4 188 Sets or gets the ISDN area code or STD code associated with the area where the system is used This command is only applicable if you have an ISDN network interface connected to your system Syntax isdnareacode get isdnareacode set area code Parameter Description get Returns the area code information set Sets the ISDN area code when followed by the area code parameter To erase the current setting omit area code area code Numeric value Feedback Examples e sdnareacode set 700 returns isdnareacode 700 e sdnareacode get returns isdnareacode 700 Polycom Inc System Commands isdncountrycode Sets or gets the ISDN country code associated with the country where the system is used This command is only applicable if you have an ISDN network interface connected to your system Syntax isdncountrycode get isdncountrycode set country code Parameter Description get Returns the country code information set Sets the ISDN country code when followed by the country code parameter To erase the current setting omit country code country code The ISDN country code Feedback Examples e isdncountrycode set 1 returns isdncountrycode 1 e sdncountrycod
200. ew_B B Nile lt ac BaF 00000000 O OOOOOOO OOQOOOO 00009090000 eez4axes Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 9 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems RS 449 and RS 366 Serial Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to third party network equipment It is used with the V 35 RS 449 RS 530 serial adapter on page V 35 RS 449 RS 530 Serial Adapter on page 2 7 to connect to network equipment that has an RS 449 RS 366 interface It is HD 44 M to Y RS 449 DB 37M RS 366 DB 25M and is used with Polycom HDX systems that have a serial network interface card NIC installed Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 5 ft 1 65 m 2457 10610 200 Yes A A Male Pin OH Enlarged O96 View A A 39 092 99 J2 08 o 98 Male Pin So Enlarged o View C C Se A o Male Pin B y Enlarged El oa View B B So o o 23 J3 gt o o o ad es B S o r 3 Dver Mold Black DB25 MALE 2 10 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Cables Drawings and part numbers are pro
201. f Turns off the use of an NTP server manual Lets you specify a server using the ntpserver command on page 4 239 Feedback Examples e ntpmode returns ntpmode e ntpmode returns ntpmode e ntpmode returns ntpmode e ntpmode returns ntpmode See Also auto auto off off manual manual get manual See the ntpserver command on page 4 239 4 237 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems nipserver Sets or gets an Network Time Protocol NTP server using the IP address or the DNS name of the server Syntax ntpserver get ntpserver set xxx xxxX XXX Xxx server name Parameter Description get Gets the IP address of the NTP server set Sets the IP address of the NTP server when followed by a valid parameter To erase the current setting omit the XXX XXX XXX XXX server name parameter XXX XXX XXX XXX The IP address of the NTP server server name The DNS name of the NTP server Feedback Examples e ntpserver set returns ntpserver lt empty gt e ntpserver set 192 returns 168 1 205 ntpserver 192 168 1 205 e ntpserver get returns ntpserver 192 168 1 205 Comments This command allows you to use an internal time server and thus synchronize the system s time with the time on your internal network The system uses this time only for the local Call Detail R
202. failed all input is invalid and none can perform a valid action e completed some are invalid and responses specify each as valid or invalid For example e button camera right center select returns button camera button right error button center not a recognized command button select button completed Long button command sequences will complete before a second command is considered Feedback for button command sequences that include multiple buttons show only the first button name Polycom Inc System Commands Comments Several parameters can be combined in the same command in any order The button commands are not recommended When possible use another API command instead of the button commands which rely on the current organization of the user interface Use button pip to send the Display button signal to the user interface Feedback responses from RSS 2000 parameters are not from the RSS 2000 and are not an indication that you are in control of the RSS 2000 You can issue the commands when you are not connected to the RSS 2000 and still receive feedback Polycom Inc 4 43 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems calendardomain 4 44 Gets and sets the domain used by the calendaring service to log in to the Microsoft Exchange server Syntax calendardomain get calendardomain set domain Parameter Description get Returns the domain used by the calendarin
203. ference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Audio Output Direction Power A 10 For conference communication we do not really care about producing the thundering roar of jet aircraft engines or other sounds reproduced on TV or in the movies We are interested in reproducing the human voice The tone intonation pitch and level of people speaking from the far end should sound as much as possible like the sound they would make if they were speaking in the room Given what has been covered in other sections of this book Basics of Audio and Visual Systems Design we will touch base here on a couple of simple basic elements of the speaker technology we deploy in the conference room These basics fall into three subcategories direction power and range frequency response As human beings we feel most comfortable when the voice we hear appears to come from the same direction as the image of the person speaking This means that reliance on ceiling speakers alone is not an ideal practice when the system is used for videoconferencing In many small and medium sized systems front firing speakers alone can provide proper direction and adequate coverage Larger rooms greater than 12 x15 probably need both front firing and side or top fill speakers in order to maintain proper coverage at nominal power levels In planning systems for larger rooms we need to take advantage of the HAAS effect Basically stated this is the human brain s interpr
204. for your application 2 2 Polycom Inc Cables LAN Cable gt This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to the LAN It has orange RJ 45 aLr connectors on both ends and is used with all systems The maximum approved length for this cable is 100 ft 30 m Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 12 ft 3 6 m 2457 08343 001 Yes CONN RJ 45 x2 ai 8 oo 12 FEET 3 Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 3 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems ISDN Cable lA 2 This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a BRI or PRI line It has clear gp RJ 45 connectors on both ends and is used with all Polycom HDX systems that have ISDN capability The maximum approved length for this cable is 50 ft 15 m Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 20 ft 6 6 m 2457 08548 001 Yes CONN RJ 45 x2 PIN E FERRITE BEAD e 1 2 20 FEET 3 Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for t
205. formation for all Global Management System servers Feedback Examples e gmsurl get 1 returns gmsurl 1 192 168 1 101 pwx nx_status asp Comments When you are registered with the Global Management System this information is automatically configured 4 162 Polycom Inc h239enable Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the H 239 People Content setting Syntax h239enable get h239enable lt yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables H 239 People Content on the system no Disables H 239 People Content on the system Feedback Examples e h239enable yes returns h239enable yes e h239enable no returns h239enable no e h239enable get returns h239enable no 4 163 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems h323name 4 164 Sets or gets the system s H 323 name Syntax h323name get h323name set H 323name Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the H 323 name when followed by the H 323name parameter To erase this setting omit the H 323name parameter H 323name Character string specifying the H 323 name Use quotation marks around strings that contain spaces For example Polycom HDX Demo Feedback Examples e h323name set My returns h323name my e h323name set Polycom HDX Demo returns h323name polycom hdx demo e h3
206. from start_no through stop_no Requires two integers refresh Gets a more current copy of the global directory 4 130 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands Feedback Example gabk all returns Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdnspd 384 isdnnum 1 700 5551212 isdnext Polycom HDX Demo 2 isdnspd 2x64 isdnnum 1 700 5552323 isdnext Polycom HDX Demo 3 ipspd 384 ipnum 192 168 1 101 ipext 7878 Polycom HDX Demo 4 isdnspd 384 isdnnum 1 700 5553434 isdnext and so on until all entries in the local directory are listed then gabk all done gabk batch 0 returns Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdnspd 384 isdnnum 1 700 5551212 isdnext Polycom HDX Demo 2 isdnspd 2x64 isdnnum 1 700 5552323 isdnext Polycom HDX Demo 3 ipspd 384 ipnum 192 168 1 101 ipext 7878 Polycom HDX Demo 4 isdnspd 384 isdnnum 1 700 5553434 isdnext and so on through the last entry in the batch of 20 directory entries such as Polycom HDX Demo 20 ipspd 128 ipnum 192 168 1 102 ipext 7787878 gabk batch 0 done gabk batch define 1 2 returns Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdnspd 384 isdnnum 1 700 5551212 isdnext Polycom HDX Demo 2 isdnspd 2x64 isdnnum 1 700 5552323 isdnext gabk batch define 1 2 done gabk batch search Polycom 2 returns Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdnspd 384 isdnnum 1 700 5551212 isdnext Polycom HDX Demo 2 isdnspd 2x64 isdnnum 1 700 5552323 isdnext gabk
207. g an API session 3 2 rs232 baud command 4 275 rs232 mode command 4 276 rs232portl baud command 4 275 rs232portl mode command 4 276 RS 366 cable 2 9 2 10 2 12 rs366dialing command 4 278 RS 449 cable 2 10 RS 530 cable 2 12 RSVP command to enable 4 121 rt command 4 279 rts command 4 280 S screen command 4 281 screen saver setting 4 220 4 222 screencontrol command 4 282 secondarycallchoice command 4 283 sending commands not during call establishment 4 5 serial cable 2 54 serialnum command 4 284 server command for DNS 4 108 command for GDS 4 135 command for NTP 4 239 session command 4 285 setaccountnumber command 4 286 setpassword 4 287 showpopup command 4 288 sleep command 4 289 sleeptext command 4 290 sleeptime command 4 291 SNMP command for enabling 4 122 snmpadmin command 4 292 snmpcommunity command 4 293 snmpconsoleip command 4 294 snmplocation command 4 295 snmpsystemdescription command 4 296 snmptrapversion command 4 297 soundeffectsvolume command 4 298 SoundStructure connecting 1 24 speaker test command for 4 151 spidnum command 4 299 SSL encryption state LDAP 4 207 st command 4 301 statistics command for advanced network 4 16 command for IP 4 188 command for network 4 233 Index status messages B channel B 1 status notifications command for registering 4 303 STD code command for ISDN 4 189 subnetmask command 4 302 subwoofer volume attenuator 2 53 S Video adapter 2 16 cabl
208. g service set Sets the domain to be used by the calendaring service domain The domain to be used by the calendaring service Feedback Examples e calendardomain get returns calendardomain smithfield e calendardomain set fairview returns calendardomain fairview See Also To enable or disable the calendaring service use the calendarregisterwithserver command on page 4 53 To configure the Microsoft Exchange server address used by this service use the calendarserver command on page 4 56 To set the resource mailbox to be monitored use the calendarresource command on page 4 55 Polycom Inc System Commands calendarmeetings Polycom Inc Retrieves scheduled meetings within the given time span or with the given meeting ID Syntax calendarmeetings list starttime endtime calendarmeetings info meetingid Parameter Description list Returns the meeting id or ids for meetings that start at or after the specified start time and end time starttime The start time of meetings to be retrieved The start time can be entered in one of the following formats YYYY MM DD HH MM today HH MM today tomorrow HH MM tomorrow The times are interpreted to be local times in the time zone the system was configured for endtime The end time of meetings to be retrieved This parameter can be given in the following format YYYY MM DD HH MM today HH MM toda
209. gs and HVAC Interior design and finishes Furniture design including placement and layout e Room acoustics and acoustic treatment and e Room lighting The initial layout and construction of the space affects all the elements that are discussed in other sections of this book Basics of Audio and Visual Systems Design including acoustic characteristics and performance general and ambient light control and overall comfort Room Requirements Polycom Inc We begin with general room requirements The total floor space required for VC is much greater than we have become used to for general local presentation and meeting In architectural terms it is not uncommon to find a rule of thumb applied that allows for up to 15 square feet of floor space per participant in a traditional presentation or meeting room If there is a front of room presenter position at a podium and if there is some use of in room technology projection devices whiteboards etc then this figure may increase to as much as 20 square feet of floor space per participant but rarely any more than that It is here that we have our first conflict In videoconferencing we have to consider not only the issues related to local viewing and hearing but also the issues of being seen and heard by people at the far end of the connection This A 1 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems means that we must consider sight lines and angles of participant in
210. he five BNC connectors can be used to carry composite video S Video or analog component YPbPr video The DB 9 connector is used to connect to PTZ camera control interfaces It is male HDCI to five female BNC and one female DB 9 Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 1ft 0 3 m 2457 23521 001 Yes SOCKET SHELL 4 14 REF 8 15 REF SECTION B B SCALE 1 000 SECTION A A SCALE 1 000 VSyac SHIELD L ferarocO smieroj SHIELD siero J Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no E responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 26 Polycom Inc Cables VCR DVD Composite Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a VCR or DVD player It has triple RCA connectors on both ends The Polycom HDX system requires a female RCA to male BNC adapter for the yellow video RCA connector and the Audio Adapter Cable on page 2 49 The maximum approved length for this cable is 50 ft 15 m Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 8 ft 2 6 m 2457 0841 2 001 RED INSULATION WHITE INSULATION OVER MOLD RCA
211. he quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc Cables PRI Pin Assignments The following illustration and table show the pin assignments for the PRI port on the Polycom HDX system Pin 8 i Pin 1 in Signal Name Receive Ring Receive Tip No Connection Transmit Ring Transmit Tip No Connection No Connection No Connection U 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Polycom Inc 2 5 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Analog Telephone POTS Cable a This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to an analog telephone line It has S pink RJ 11 connectors on both ends The maximum approved length for this cable is 100 ft 30 m Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 12 ft 3 6 m 2457 20071 001 Yes CONN RJ 11 x2 5 o TO gt MM E a 1 0 se MOLDED ON FERRITE BEAD 12 FEET 3 WIRING IS PIN TO PIN 1 1 2 2 ETC Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no we responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom
212. hen followed by a parameter from 1 n To erase the current setting omit the parameter get Returns the current number of channels dialed in parallel 1 n Range of numbers of PRI channels that can be dialed in parallel For PRI T1 the range is 1 12 For PRI El the range is 1 15 Feedback Examples e pridialchannels set 3 returns pridialchannels 3 e pridialchannels get returns pridialchannels 3 Comments By default ISDN channels are dialed three at a time On PRI systems you can choose the number of channels to dial in parallel 4 256 Polycom Inc priintlprefix Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the PRI international dialing prefix Syntax priintlprefix get priintlprefix set prefix Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the PRI international dialing prefix when followed by the parameter prefix To erase the current setting omit the parameter prefix Numeric string Feedback Examples e priintlprefix set returns priintlprefix 011 e priintlprefix get returns priintlprefix 011 Comments 011 The international prefix defaults to 011 for North America and 00 for European countries The default depends on the country 4 257 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems prilinebuildout 4 258 Sets or gets the PRI line buildout for a T1 interface Syntax prilinebuildout get prilinebuildout set lt 0 7 5
213. hentication of an LDAP server To erase the current setting omit the password parameter Note This parameter does not change the setting on the server Instead this parameter changes how the Polycom system recognizes the server ntlm Specifies setting the password for NTLM authentication of an LDAP server basic Specifies setting the password for Simple authentication of an LDAP server password Specifies the password for Simple or NTLM authentication of an LDAP server Valid characters include Unicode ISO 10646 characters including IA5 ASCII characters and extended characters such as and Note The server administrator may specify additional restrictions for password creation Feedback Examples e Tdappassword set ntlm P cmp s5wd returns ldappassword ntlm P cmp s5wd e Idappassword set basic PO ycOmp s5 returns ldappassword basic PO ycOmp s5 Polycom Inc 4 203 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Idapserveraddress Sets or gets the LDAP server address 4 204 Syntax Idapserveraddress get ldapserveraddress set address Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the IP address or the DNS name of an LDAP server To erase the current setting omit the address parameter Note This parameter does not change the setting on the server Instead this parameter changes ho
214. ight VCR DVD audio input port vcroutleft Measures the strength of the signal on the left VCR DVD audio output port vcroutright Measures the strength of the signal on the right VCR DVD audio output port Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands Parameter Description farendright Measures the strength of the signal on the right channels of all far site audio inputs farendleft Measures the strength of the signal on the left channels of all far site audio inputs off Turns off audiometer output Feedback Examples e audiometer micleft returns audiometer micleft level peak 19 audiometer micleft level peak 19 audiometer micleft level peak 19 audiometer micleft level peak 20 audiometer micleft level peak 20 audiometer micleft level peak 20 audiometer micleft level peak 20 and so on until you enter audiometer off e audiometer micright returns audiometer micright level peak 19 audiometer micright level peak 19 audiometer micright level peak 19 audiometer micright level peak 20 audiometer micright level peak 20 audiometer micright level peak 20 audiometer micright level peak 20 and so on until you enter audiometer off Comments Audio level of a port is measured on the spectrum ranging from 20 dB to 20 dB Use the audiometer command for a different port to stop monitoring a previous port and to begin monitoring a new port To turn off monitoring use audiometer off and watch for the aud
215. io P1 15 Pin D Connector P2 VISCA 8 Pin mini Din Pin Signal Name Pin Signal Name 1 6 9 11 13 NC 1 2 8 NC 7 SW RX SN TX 3 SW RX SN TX 8 IR SIGNAL 7 IR OUT 12 P GND 4 GND 14 SW TX SN RX 5 SW TX SN RX 15 IR RETURN 6 GND SHIELD SHIELD Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 39 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 8 pin mini DIN to DB 9 g This cable connects Polycom HDX system serial port inputs to a non Polycom D gt camera using a VISCA 8 pin DIN connector or to a Polycom PowerCam break out cable with a PowerCam camera It is 8 pin mini DIN to DB 9 RTS CTS and IR are not supported on this cable Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 50 ft 15 m 2457 10029 200 Yes DB 9 FEMALE MOLD COLOR YELLOW 8 PIN DIN DB 9 MALE PIN FEMALE SOCKET VIEW VIEW ek o MOLD COLOR BLACK PS P e 8 PIN DIN MALE 50 FEET 2 PS DRAIN WIRE Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Po
216. iometer off acknowledgement or registration response which confirms that the audiometer monitoring is turned off 4 31 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems audiotransmitlevel Sets or gets the audio volume transmitted to the far site or notification of transmit level changes Syntax audiotransmitlevel lt get up down register unregister gt audiotransmitlevel set 20 30 Parameter Description get Returns the current setting up Sets the volume 1 decibel higher than the current setting down Sets the volume 1 decibel lower than the current setting register Registers to receive notification when audio transmit level changes unregister Unregisters to receive notification when audio transmit level changes set Sets the volume to the specified dB level Valid values are 20 30 Feedback Examples 4 32 audiotransmitlevel returns audiotransmitlevel audiotransmitlevel returns audiotransmitlevel audiotransmitlevel returns audiotransmitlevel audiotransmitlevel returns audiotransmitlevel audiotransmitlevel returns audiotransmitlevel set 2 get up down 2 register registered Polycom Inc System Commands e audiotransmitlevel unregister returns audiotransmitlevel unregistered Polycom Inc 4 33 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems autoanswer 4 34 Sets or gets the Auto Answer Point to P
217. ion Front projection systems are less expensive and easier to implement but the conflicting interest between the camera and the projection display makes this form of display a very poor choice Front projection setups operate best when the lighting in the room is dimmed or doused When this is done the videoconference cameras can no longer operate since they require even bright color corrected light A direct conflict between these two technologies is clear In the event that a rear projection room cannot be set aside retro projection units can be purchased from a number of manufacturers These units normally are available in sizes ranging from 40 to 72 diagonal measure To display high quality video while maintaining optimum lighting for interactive video meetings will require a projector of the light valve or DLP class Regardless of the exact type of projector selected and the exact nature of front versus rear there are certain essential rules for projector placement The goal in projection is to get the image beam to aim directly into the audience s eyes In Western cultures the average distance from the floor to a seated person s eye is 4 That distance becomes the target for the direct beam of the projector Again keep in mind that front projection should be avoided except in the most extreme cases If it is employed at all it must be used with an extremely bright projector 2 500 lumens or greater for any space
218. ions and configuration settings To use a Polycom HDX system with audio input from a Vortex mixer set the Input Type to Line Input and disable Echo Canceller 5 Polycom strongly recommends using Polycom InstantDesigner M to get started with Connect a Polycom HDX system to the Vortex mixer using e Vortex cable shown on page Vortex Cable on page 2 51 Votre EF2280 EEEH 1 24 Polycom Inc Room Integration Connecting a Polycom SoundStructure C Series Mixer to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series System Connect a Polycom HDX system to the Polycom SoundStructure C Series mixer using e Polycom HDX Microphone Host Cable on page 2 41 SoundSiructure C Series mixer that has up to four Polycom HDX microphones connected to it For more information about using the SoundStructure C Series mixer with a Polycom HDX system refer to the SoundStructure C Series documentation on the Polycom web site 5 The microphone input of the Polycom HDX 9000 Series system can support one You cannot connect both a SoundStructure C Series mixer and a SoundStation IP 7000 phone to the Polycom HDX 9000 Series system at the same time Polycom Inc 1 25 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 1 26 Polycom Inc Cables This chapter includes information about cables
219. irewalltraversal get returns enablefirewalltraversal off Polycom Inc enablekeyboardnoisereduction Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the Enable Keyboard Noise Reduction setting Syntax enablekeyboardnoisereduction lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables keyboard noise reduction no Disables keyboard noise reduction Feedback Examples enablekeyboardnoisereduction returns enablekeyboardnoisereduction enablekeyboardnoisereduction returns enablekeyboardnoisereduction enablekeyboardnoisereduction returns enablekeyboardnoisereduction yes yes no no get no 4 117 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems enablelivemusicmode 4 118 Sets or gets the Enable Live Music Mode setting Syntax enablelivemusicmode lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables live music mode no Disables live music mode Feedback Examples enablelivemusicmode returns enablelivemusicmode enablelivemusicmode returns enablelivemusicmode enablelivemusicmode returns enablelivemusicmode yes yes no no get no Polycom Inc enablepvec Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the PVEC Polycom Video Error Concealment setting on the system Syntax enablepvec lt get yes no gt Parameter Description
220. is in setup wizard mode To execute oobcomplete successfully the Polycom HDX system name must be configured 4 244 Polycom Inc pause Polycom Inc System Commands Pauses the command interpreter before executing the next command Pauses are useful when commands are retrieved from a script file Syntax pause 0 65535 Parameter Description 0 65535 Number of seconds to pause Feedback Examples e pause 3 returns pausing for 3 seconds pause 0 returns pausing for 0 seconds 4 245 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems phone 4 246 Flashes the analog phone line Syntax phone lt clear flash gt Parameter Description clear Clears phone number from the text box flash Sends flash hook to a POTS connection See Also Use the flash command on page 4 130 to specify a call ID Polycom Inc pip Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the on screen PIP mode The PIP feature allows the near site to adjust near camera views while in a video conference Syntax pip lt get on off camera swap register unregister location gt pip location lt get 0 1 2 3 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Enables PIP mode The system shows a PIP window that remains in the lower right corner of the screen until the video call is completed off Disables PIP mode camera Causes the PIP window
221. istered with the Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 directory server in order to enable the Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 directory service Each Polycom HDX system supports a single global directory server at any given time Therefore enabling the Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 directory server automatically disables any other enabled global directory server such as the Polycom GDS or LDAP directory server If more than one global directory is defined on a system the following rules apply when you upgrade the system software e If the Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 directory server and another directory server are defined on the system the Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 directory server becomes the default directory server after upgrading the system software e If the Polycom GDS directory server and another directory server not the Polycom Inc System Commands Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 directory server are defined on the system the Polycom GDS directory server becomes the default directory server after upgrading the system software Polycom Inc 4 243 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems oobcomplete Completes the setup wizard and restarts the Polycom HDX system Syntax oobcomplete Feedback Examples oobcomplete returns oobcomplete Comments The oobcomplete command is processed only when the Polycom HDX system
222. ites bah Vee aed eee erie cee 4 126 farcontrolnearcamera 0 0 o 4 128 farnametimedispla nsee tias 4 129 Mas wut AAA A wed we E Aa eee 4 130 gabk deprecated eee eens 4 131 BabPasswOrd soi sce Rak GA sede dak See ah eda Se ale as 4 134 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems GabSeEverips ise AAA e ce Tear 4 135 Sadho Oks wile seus rs less cle eelad es glee bul de manele 4 136 Gatekeeperip nm wees e ead Abd ad ee ak ee 4 139 Bateway areacod ec csi eval se wh cache oh bow le ae a era aa os 4 140 gatewaycountrycode n yin r E eee E S 4 141 pateWwaye xt AA A E ERER 4 142 gatewaynumber ooo 4 143 gatewaynumbertype 0 ee eee eens 4 144 gateway Prefi sa yesaucs einai AS Cedee rae a meant 4 145 Date way SetUP nui a RAN ees eke A See 4 146 gatewaysuffix 63 ll alee ek ee ashes 4 147 gdsditectory ee eea e Anes Rab ced id ie 4 148 SONIA haves ANA 4 149 gendialtonepots deprecated 0 eee eee 4 150 generated atacan ae ee eh aoe nO eae hat eg 4 151 Pet SCHON ae ca dle ok 4 152 Seteall State Tyas monna AS anata init aaa E 4 153 getconfiguredipaddress ee eee eee 4 154 PIMSCY E Gian ae wee es Sis 4 155 emscontactemail ii ii ta ela ae 4 156 SmscontactlaK is it ASAS 4 157 gmscontactnumber 0 eee ees 4 158 PMSCONntactPersoni eii cee hae tee eee ee aw eee eae eee 4 159 PISCO UY A Gea k Seals Weg Seem 4 160 PMSState AY ot aire hs Greet aes Mare 4 161 SMStEChSUPPOLE ssi He Mest Meth
223. itor emulation or split screen mode when using one monitor Syntax dualmonitor lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables dual monitor emulation no Disables dual monitor emulation Feedback Examples e dualmonitor returns dualmonitor e dualmonitor returns dualmonitor e dualmonitor returns dualmonitor yes yes no no get no 4 111 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems dynamicbandwidth Sets or gets the use of dynamic bandwidth allocation for Quality of Service Syntax dynamicbandwidth lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the dynamic bandwidth option no Disables the dynamic bandwidth option Feedback Examples e dynamicbandwidth returns dynamicbandwidth e dynamicbandwidth returns dynamicbandwidth e dynamicbandwidth returns dynamicbandwidth Comments yes yes no no get no The system s dynamic bandwidth function automatically finds the optimum line speed for a call If you experience excessive packet loss while in a call the dynamic bandwidth function decrements the line speed until there is no packet loss This is supported in calls with end points that also support dynamic bandwidth 4 112 Polycom Inc el64ext Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets an
224. kchanges command 4 23 allowcamerapresetssetup command 4 24 allowdialing command 4 24 4 25 allowmixedcalls command 4 26 allowusersetup command 4 27 AMX Device Discovery 4 28 amxdd command 4 28 answer command 4 29 API session command 4 285 using over LAN 3 3 Polycom Inc using over RS 232 3 1 API resources 3 4 A V professionals 3 4 contact information 3 4 controller code downloads 3 3 Knowledge Base 3 4 video test numbers 3 4 area code command for BRI 4 30 command for gateway 4 140 command for ISDN 4 189 command for system 4 307 areacode command 4 30 attenuator subwoofer volume 2 53 audio cable 2 49 2 50 connector balanced 2 52 integration 1 20 audio mode command for H 331 calls 4 166 audio out VCR 4 331 audiometer command 4 31 audiotransmitlevel 4 33 authentication type LDAP server 4 199 auto answer command for multipoint 4 223 auto mode command for multipoint display 4 224 autoanswer command 4 35 B B channel status messages B 1 back panels C 1 backlightcompensation command 4 37 bandwidth 4 334 base DN LDAP server 4 200 basicmode command 4 38 baud rate command to set RS 232 port 4 275 bind DN LDAP server 4 201 Index 1 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems BNC adapter 2 16 BNC to S Video cable 2 15 BRI cable 2 4 briallenable command 4 40 brienable commands 4 39 broadcaster setting 4 73 broadcasting V 35 command 4 319 button command 4 41 C cabl
225. l callid Returns information about the connection with the specified call ID Feedback Examples e callinfo all returns callinfo begin callinfo 43 Polycom HDX Demo 192 168 1 101 384 connected notmuted outgoing videocal callinfo 36 192 168 1 102 256 connected muted outgoing vide ocal callinfo end e callinfo callid 36 returns callinfo 36 192 168 1 102 256 connected muted outgoing vide ocal e callinfo all returns system is not in a call when no call is currently connected Comments The callid information is returned using the following format callinfo lt callid gt lt far site name gt lt far site number gt lt speed gt lt connection status gt lt mute status gt lt call direction gt lt call type gt 4 62 Polycom Inc System Commands callstate Sets or gets the call state notification for call state events Syntax callstate lt get register unregister gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting register Registers the system to give notification of call activities unregister Disables the register mode Feedback Examples e callstate register returns callstate registered e callstate unregister returns callstate unregistered e callstate get returns callstate unregistered After registering the following callstate cs data is returned when connecting an IP call cs cal1 34 chan 0 dialstr 192 168 1 103 state ALLOCATED cs cal1 34 chan 0 dialstr
226. le to connect the computer or control system RS 232 port to an RS 232 port on the Polycom HDX system as shown in the following illustration This connection may require the Null Modem Adapter on page 2 56 To connect a computer to a Polycom HDX 9006 system g A To connect a computer to a Polycom HDX 9001 Polycom HDX 9002 or Polycom HDX 9004 systems Da E IOIOIO 3 Power on the computer or control system and the Polycom HDX system 4 From the computer or control system start a serial session using HyperTerminal or another appropriate utility Polycom Inc Using the API Using the API with the Department of Defense DoD Security Profile Enabled On a system with the Security Profile set to DoD you can access the API commands using an RS 232 connection only and must log in as an Admin or User The availability of certain API commands and parameters depends on whether you are logged in as Admin or User For example if you are logged in to the API session as Admin you can set and get the ISDN area code using the areacode command If you are logged in as User you can only get the ISDN area code For acomplete list of API commands and parameters available to the User and Admin IDs refer to U S DoD DSN Deployment Guide for Polycom HDX Systems Using the API with a LAN Connection If you have a computer connected to the LAN you can send API commands to the Polycom HDX system via Telnet port 24 1 On the c
227. lendar when the system is registered with the calendaring service Syntax calendarremindertime lt get 1 5 10 15 30 none gt Parameter Description get Gets the current reminder time 1 5 10 15 30 none The number of minutes before a meeting starts that a meeting reminder is given Feedback Examples calendarremindertime returns calendarremindertime calendarremindertime returns calendarremindertime calendarremindertime returns calendarremindertime Comments get 15 15 none none By default the reminder time is set to 5 minutes See Also Use the notify command on page 4 235 to register for meeting reminders See also calendarplaytone command on page 4 52 Polycom Inc 4 53 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems calendarresource Gets and sets the mailbox account being monitored for calendar events The mailbox account is called a resource Syntax calendarresource get calendarresource resource Parameter Description get Returns the resource being monitored for calendar events resource The resource to monitor for calendaring events Feedback Examples e calendarresource get returns calendarresource radam abcde com e calendarresource jmcnulty abcde com returns calendarresource jmcnulty abcde com Comments A resource can be a user mailbox or a resource mailbox A resource mailbox is a mailbox specifica
228. line 3 gt importcomplete Feedback Examples importdirectory lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt addresses gt lt entrytype type entry name Polycom Austin USA IP fi lename Polycom_Austin_USA_IP abk uniqueid Polycom_Austin_USA_TP abk gt lt address filename Polycom_Austin_USA_IP abk langid displayname name Polycom Austin USA IP gt lt h323 address lobby austin polycom com speed 256 gt lt address gt lt entrytype gt lt entrytype type entry name Polycom Hong Kong filename Polycom_Hong_Kong abk uniqueid Polycom_Hong_Kong abk gt lt address filename Polycom_Hong_Kong abk langid displayname name Polycom Hong Kong gt lt isdn country_code 852 area_code 2876 numberA 9466 numberB 9466 speed 2x64 gt lt address gt lt addresses gt lt xml gt importcomplete returns importdirectory succeeded importdirectory A B C D E F G H 1 J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA AB A C AD AE AF AG AH AT AJ AK AL AM AN AO AP AQ AR AS AT AU AV AW AX AY AZ BA BB BC BD BE BF BG BH B1 BJ BK BL BM BN BO BP BQ BR BS BT BU BV BW BX BY BZ CA CB File Name Entry Name ISDN Country Code ISDN Area Code ISDN 4 179 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 180 NumberA ISDN NumberB ISDN Extension ISDN Speed IP Address IP Extension IP Speed Phone Country Code Phone Area Code Phone Number Mobile Country Code Mobile Area Code Mobile Number Email
229. lls when followed by a valid speed value valid speed Valid speeds are 56 64 128 256 384 512 768 1024 and 1472 kbps Feedback Examples e maxgabisdncallspeed set 384 returns maxgabisdncallspeed 384 e maxgabisdncallspeed get returns maxgabisdncallspeed 384 4 214 Polycom Inc System Commands maxtimeincall Sets or gets the maximum number of minutes allowed for call length Syntax maxtimeincall get maxtimeincall set 0 999 Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the maximum time for calls when followed by a parameter from 0 999 To erase the current setting omit the time parameter or set it to 0 The call will then stay up indefinitely 0 999 Maximum call time in minutes Must be an integer in the range 0 999 Feedback Examples e maxtimeincall set returns maxtimeincall lt empty gt e maxtimeincall set 180 returns maxtimeincall 180 e maxtimeincall get returns maxtimeincall 180 Comments When the time has expired in a call a message asks you if you want to hang up or stay in the call If you do not answer within one minute the call automatically disconnects Polycom Inc 4 215 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems mcupassword 4 216 Enters and sends the MCU password to the MCU Syntax mcupassword password Parameter Description password Specifies
230. lly assigned to a meeting room See Also Use the calendarregisterwithserver command on page 4 53 to enable or disable the calendaring service See the calendarserver command on page 4 56 to configure the Microsoft Exchange server address used by the calendaring service 4 54 Polycom Inc calendarserver System Commands Gets or sets the Microsoft Exchange server used by the calendaring service Syntax calendarserver get calendarserver server Parameter Description get Gets the current Microsoft Exchange server used by the calendaring service server The IP address or DNS name of the Microsoft Exchange server to be used by the calendaring service Feedback Examples e calendarserver get returns calendarserver 192 168 44 168 e calendarserver returns calendarserver e calendarserver returns calendarserver e calendarserver returns calendarserver See Also 192 168 23 221 192 168 23 221 get mail exchangeserver local com mai1l2 exchserver local com mail2 exchserver local com Use the calendarregisterwithserver command on page 4 53 to enable or disable the calendaring service Polycom Inc 4 55 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems calendarshowpvtmeetings 4 56 Enables or disables the display of private meetings in the calendar when the system is registered with the calendaring service Syntax calendarshowpvtmeetings get calen
231. located at the presentation interface panel to control the switching and routing of the computer graphics and configure the overhead camera video paths It is strongly advised that at least 20 percent of the time spent developing a videoconferencing room be devoted to this important sub system as it will complete the integration of the conference and presentation environment And remember that simpler is always better People do not pay for technology They pay for the benefits that technology can bring The doorway to those benefits is a simple straightforward and intuitive user control A 13 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems A 14 Polycom Inc Status Messages Status Display The call status can be displayed in a number of ways The getcallstate command on page 4 153 returns a table listing the status speed and dialed number of current calls To display real time status on individual B channels incoming or outgoing calls either register the API session with the callstate command on page 4 64 or start an outbound call with the dial command on page 4 93 These two commands will cause the system to re direct the B channel status messages to the session which has issued one of these two commands For example if the RS 232 device issues a dial command then call status is directed to the RS 232 port if a later session on a Telnet port issues a dial command then call status is also directed to that Telnet port
232. lycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 23 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems HDCI Analog Camera Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a Polycom EagleEye HD s 2 24 camera This cable can be connected to the EagleEye View camera but does not support audio It has male HDCI connectors on both ends Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 9 ft 10 in 3 m 2457 23180 003 Yes 33 ft 10 m 2457 23180 010 Yes 50 ft 15 m 2457 23180 015 Yes 100 ft 30 m 2457 23180 030 Yes SIGNAL CABLE mice eina fotia Giy E Hen e ra Tae EE EN Pb SHIELD eno SHELL SHELL B WIRING LIST SHIELD ro SHIELD Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc HDCI Digital Camera Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a Polycom EagleEye HD 5 camera It has male HDCI connecto
233. lycom GDS directory server becomes the default directory server after upgrading the system software Polycom Inc 4 201 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Idapntimdomain Sets or gets the domain in which authentication takes place in the Active Directory server Syntax IdapntImdomain get IdapntIlmdomain set domain Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the domain in which authentication takes place in the Active Directory server To erase the current setting omit the domain parameter Note This parameter does not change the setting on the server Instead this parameter changes how the Polycom system recognizes the server domain Specifies the domain in which authentication takes place in the Active Directory server Valid characters include 0 through 9 a through z A through Z hyphen and period Note The domain name cannot begin or end with a hyphen or a period Feedback Examples e TdapntImdomain get returns IdapntImdomain AUSTIN e Idapntimdomain set ANDOVER returns IdapntImdomain ANDOVER 4 202 Polycom Inc Idappassword System Commands Sets the password for Simple or NT LAN Manager NTLM authentication of an LDAP server Syntax ldappassword set lt ntIm basic gt password Parameter Description set Sets the password for Simple or NTLM aut
234. lycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 40 Polycom Inc Audio Cables Polycom HDX Microphone Host Cable For more information about supported microphone configurations refer to the Administrator s Guide for Polycom HDX Systems Cables lt gt This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to the Polycom SoundStructure C Series mixer It is unkeyed male RJ 45 on both ends Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 18 in 0 5 m 2457 23574 001 Yes 25 ft 7 5 m 2457 23217 001 Yes PI 457412 2X BEL STEWART CONNECTOR P N 937 SP 361010 031 A108 Polycom Inc TWISTED PAIR 1 TWISTED PAIR 2 PINS 1 5 AND 10 OF PI 8 P2 ARE NOT USED AND SHALL BE LEFT OPEN COLOR AWG P1 P2 WHITE GREEN 24 1 TN 5 GREEN 24 2 XX 6 WHITE ORANGE 24 5 i 1 ORANGE 24 6 XX j 2 WHITE BROWN 24 7 A i 7 BROWN 24 8 XX 8 DRAIN WIRE 3 1 3 SHIELD SHELL SHELL P1 RJ 45 shielded plug Tyco 5 569552 or equivalent P2 RJ 45 shielded plug Tyco 5 569552 or equivalent 2 41 Integrator s Reference Manual for
235. m Inc System Commands whoami Displays the same initial banner information as when the RS 232 Telnet session was started with the system Syntax whoami Feedback Examples e whoami returns Hi my name is Polycom HDX Demo Here is what I know about myself Model HDX9004 Serial Number 82065205E72EC1 Software Version 2 5 Build Information root on domain polycom com Contact Number lt empty gt Time In Last Call 0 43 50 Total Time In Calls 87 17 17 Total Calls 819 SNTP Time Service auto insync ntp1l polycom com Local Time is Wed 30 Nov 2008 10 41 46 Network Interface NONE IP Video Number 192 168 1 101 Link Local Address fe80 2e0 dbff fe07 2173 64 ISDN Video Number 7005551212 MP Enabled AB1C 2D34 5EF6 7890 GHI1 H323 Enabled True H320 Enabled False HTTP Enabled True SNMP Enabled True Comments The response can vary depending on your system configuration Polycom Inc 4 345 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 346 Polycom Inc Room Design and Layout Reprinted from the Basics of Audio and Visual Systems Design Revised Edition Chapter 12 Videoconferencing written by Scott Sharer CTS and Jim Smith CVE CTS copyright 2003 with permission of InfoComm International www infocomm org For clarity of discussion we have divided this section into the following sub sections Room construction including wall construction windows and window treatments ceilin
236. m get lt 1b1 1b2 2b1 2b2 3b1 3b2 4b1 4b2 gt isdnnum set lt 1b1 1b2 2b1 2b2 3b1 3b2 4b1 4b2 gt number Parameter Description get Returns the current ISDN number associated with the specified B channel set Sets the ISDN number for a B channel line when followed by the number parameter To erase the current setting omit number 1b1 1b2 2b1 2b2 3b1 3b2 4b1 4b2 The line and B channel Valid values are 1b1BRI line 1 B channel 1 1b2BRI line 1 B channel 2 2b1BRI line 2 B channel 1 2b2BRI line 2 B channel 2 3b1BRI line 3 B channel 1 3b2BRI line 3 B channel 2 4b1BRI line 4 B channel 1 4b2BRI line 4 B channel 2 number The ISDN number s provided by your network service provider for the specified B channel Feedback Examples e isdnnum set 1b1 700 555 1212 returns isdnnum 1b1 7005551212 e isdnnum get 1b1 returns isdnnum 1b1 7005551212 Comments The isdnnum set 1b1 and isdnnum get 1b1 commands can be used for BRI and for PRI lines 4 193 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems isdnswitch 4 194 Sets or gets the ISDN switch protocol This command is only applicable if you have an ISDN network interface connected to your system Syntax isdnswitch get isdnswitch lt pt to pt_at amp t_5_ess multipoint_at amp t_5_ess ni 1 gt isdnswitch lt nortel_dms 100 standard_etsi_euro 1sdn ts 031 ntt_ins 64 gt Parameter
237. m s internal multipoint capability The PathNavigator ReadiManager and Polycom CMA systems support ad hoc multipoint video conferencing through the Conference on Demand feature which allows users to bring multiple endpoints together in a video conference on an unscheduled basis It allows users to place multipoint video calls to remote participants by only using their names and or the numbers that correspond to those remote locations Polycom Inc System Commands useroompasswo rd Sets or gets the Use Room Password for Remote Access setting Syntax useroompassword get useroompassword lt yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting no Configures the system to use a separate room password and remote access password yes Configures the system to use the same password for room and remote access Feedback Examples e useroompassword yes returns useroompassword yes e useroompassword no returns useroompassword no e useroompassword get returns useroompassword no Polycom Inc 4 317 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems v35broadcastmode 4 318 Sets or gets the V 35 broadcast mode This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax v35broadcastmode lt get on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Turns on V 35 broadcast off Turns off V 35 b
238. map 2 5 Specifies the content video source to control Note This parameter is only necessary if no video source was specified when using the vcbutton play command source get Gets the content video source that is currently playing Feedback Examples If not registered for notifications Polycom Inc 4 327 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 328 vcbutton play 4 returns vcbutton play 4 vcbutton play succeeded camera near 4 If registered for notifications vcbutton play 4 returns Control event vcbutton play Control event vcbutton source 4 Control event vcbutton play vcbutton play 4 vcbutton play succeeded camera near 4 vcbutton play 5 returns vcbutton play failed vcbutton play returns Control event vcbutton play vcbutton play succeeded vcbutton play returns vcbutton play failed vcbutton play 2 returns error input 2 is not a content source vcbutton play failed vcbutton play 7 returns error invalid value valid ranges 2 6 vcbutton play failed vcbutton register returns vcbutton registered vcbutton stop returns Control event vcbutton stop Camera near none vcbutton stop vcbutton stop succeeded vcbutton get returns vcbutton stop vcbutton get succeeded Polycom Inc Polycom Inc e vcbutton returns vcbutton vcbutton e vcbutton returns vcbutton vcbutton source source source source source source
239. mation that is not in a standard composite narrowband video format any information we Polycom Inc Room Design and Layout wish to show or view must be translated to video most often with some sort of camera mechanism Document cameras 35mm slide to video units video scanners and scan conversion devices all are designed to take one format of source material and convert it to a standard video signal that can be digitized shipped to the far end s and converted back to composite video for display Which devices are selected and how they are used depends entirely on the needs and goals of the end users of the system s and the format of their source materials Room Control Elements Polycom Inc To give all participants the easiest use of the room for any and all presentation or conference purposes a fully integrated room controller is recommended It is important that one controller operate all devices in the room so that only one user interface needs to be learned by those managing the facility The common controller also makes it much easier to expand and enhance room capabilities over time by adding or upgrading equipment A proper room controller can operate and coordinate the use of lighting curtains displays audio devices VCRs and slide projectors as well as all the conferencing equipment including any network related control needed In lieu of a complete control system a limited functionality controller can be
240. memultipoint lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Displays the Multipoint button on the Home screen no Removes the Multipoint button from the Home screen Feedback Examples e homemultipoint yes returns homemultipoint yes e homemultipoint no returns homemultipoint no e homemultipoint get returns homemultipoint no Comments This option is only available if multipoint calling is enabled Polycom Inc 4 173 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems homerecentcalls 4 174 Sets or gets whether users are allowed to access a list of recent calls made with the system by displaying the Recent Calls button on the Home screen Syntax homerecentcalls lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Displays the Recent Calls button on the Home screen no Removes the Recent Calls button from the Home screen Feedback Examples e homerecentcalls yes returns homerecentcalls yes e homerecentcalls no returns homerecentcalls no e homerecentcalls get returns homerecentcalls no Comments This option is only available if the Call Detail Report option is enabled Polycom Inc homesystem Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets whether users are allowed to access the System screen by displaying the System button on the Home screen Syntax homesystem lt get
241. mperature rise Polycom Inc Room Design and Layout Interior Design and Finishes Furniture Acoustics Polycom Inc Wall colors within the field of view of the camera have a significant impact on the far end perception of the room video quality Certain colors are better suited to video rooms than others The electronics and software of the videoconferencing system builds the images at the far end from a gray blue reference image When there is a minimal difference between the room background and the reference image color the codec has an easier time turning the image into numbers with the result that the far end will see a much higher quality video presentation In general light gray withjust a touch of blue seems to work best For rooms that have marginal lighting slightly darker colors are quite useful In keeping with these color recommendations the acoustic panels discussed elsewhere in this section should be ordered in light colors such as silver gray quartz or champagne for panels within the camera field of view For aesthetics however panels may be alternated in color along the wall As we have noted VC rooms should be slightly on the large side for the typical number of attendees The placement of furniture should present a natural rapport with the videoconference system but shouldn t preclude the local interaction of conference participants Doorways used for access to the space usually should be within
242. n 30 Nov 2008 02 21 40 In 30 Nov 2008 05 53 04 In HDX 9004 30 Nov 2008 07 00 19 In System Commands 4 265 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems registerall deprecated 4 266 Alias for the all register command Syntax registeral 1 Feedback Examples registeral returns callstate registered camera registered chaircontrol registered linestate registered mute registered pip registered popup registered popupinfo registered preset registered screen registered vcbutton registered volume registered sleep registered phone registered video registered vcstream registered vc pod registered vc lan registered See Also This command is an alias for the preferred all register command on page 4 20 To unregister user feedback use the all unregister command on page 4 22 or the unregisterall deprecated command on page 4 313 Polycom Inc System Commands registerthissystem Sets or gets the system s IP address to be registered and displayed in the global directory when the system is powered on Syntax registerthissystem lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables this option register this system no Disables this option Feedback Examples e registerthissystem yes returns registerthissystem yes e registerthissystem no returns registerthissystem no e registerthissystem get returns registerthissystem no
243. nal calls when followed by a valid speed value valid speed Valid speeds are 2x64 128 256 384 512 768 1024 and 1472 kbps Feedback Examples e maxgabinternationalcallspeed set 128 returns maxgabinternationalcallspeed 128 e maxgabinternationalcallspeed get returns maxgabinternationalcallspeed 128 4 212 Polycom Inc System Commands maxgabinternetcallspeed Sets or gets the maximum speed for Internet IP H 323 calls made from the global directory Syntax maxgabinternetcallspeed get maxgabinternetcallspeed set valid speed Parameter Description get Returns the current valid speed set Sets the maximum speed for Internet calls when followed by a valid speed value valid speed Valid speeds are 128 256 384 512 768 1024 and 1472 kbps Feedback Examples e maxgabinternetcallspeed set 384 returns maxgabinternetcal lspeed 384 e maxgabinternetcallspeed get returns maxgabinternetcal lspeed 384 Polycom Inc 4 213 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems maxgabisdncallspeed Sets or gets the maximum speed for ISDN H 320 calls made from the global directory This command is only applicable if you have an ISDN network interface connected to your system Syntax maxgabisdncallspeed get maxgabisdncallspeed set valid speed Parameter Description get Returns the current valid speed set Sets the maximum speed for ISDN ca
244. nal to the user interface preset Sends the Preset button signal to the user interface putdown Sends a signal indicating that the remote control has been set down right Sends the right arrow button signal to the user interface select Sends the Select center button button signal to the user interface slides Sends the Slides button signal to legacy systems Deprecated Polycom recommends using graphics instead of this button up Sends the up arrow button signal to the user interface volume Sends the volume button signal to the user interface 4 41 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 42 Parameter Description volume Sends the volume button signal to the user interface zoom Sends the zoom button signal to the user interface zoom Sends the zoom button signal to the user interface Feedback Examples e button up sends the up arrow command to the user interface and returns button up e button near left right call is valid sends the near left arrow right arrow and call commands to the user interface and returns button near button left button right button call e button mmstop returns button mmstop e button mmplay returns button mmplay The command checks for invalid input and reports button responses as they are processed One of three status values is returned when the command is issued for multiple buttons e succeeded all buttons are valid e
245. nd returns camera near 2 lt CR gt lt CR gt lt LF gt API echo camera near 2 lt CR gt lt LF gt API acknowledgement Starting with software version 2 5 0 6 the response changed to a single lt CR gt for example camera near 2 lt CR gt API command returns camera near 2 lt CR gt lt LF gt API echo camera near 2 lt CR gt lt LF gt API acknowledgement The telnetechoeol command allows you to change the EOL characters of the API echo to the EOL characters of the serial port echo See telnetechoeol on page 4 309 for more details Polycom Inc System Commands Commands that Restart the System Additional Tips Polycom Inc Commands that Restart the System with a Prompt reboot Commands that Restart the System without a Prompt reboot yes reboot now The Polycom HDX system does not provide flow control If the connection is lost through restarting the system or other means you must re establish the connection The API processes one command at a time Polycom does not recommend sending multiple commands simultaneously without a pause or delay between them For commands with a single action and a single response A delay of 200 milliseconds between commands is usually sufficient Examples of these commands include the commands for switching cameras camera near 1 sending content vcbutton play and checking the status of the audio mute mute near get For commands with a single action and a more extensi
246. nd VGA formats with a 16 9 aspect ratio only 50hz1080p Sets the resolution to 1920x1080p 50 Hz PAL systems only For DVI and VGA formats with a 16 9 aspect ratio only 60hz1080p Sets the resolution to 1920x1080p 60 Hz NTSC systems only This setting is available for DVI and VGA formats with a 16 9 aspect ratio only off Sets Monitor 2 to off Feedback Examples e configdisplay get returns configdisplay monitorl dvi 16 9 monitor2 vga 16 9 e configdisplay monitor2 get returns configdisplay monitor2 vga 16 9 e configdisplay monitor2 vga 4 3 returns configdisplay monitor2 vga 4 3 e configdisplay monitor1 dvi 16 9 60hz1080p returns configdisplay monitor1 dvi 16 9 60hz1080p Polycom Inc 4 77 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems configparam Sets or gets the video quality setting for the specified video input for motion or sharpness Syntax configparam lt parameter gt get configparam lt parameter gt set lt value gt gp Parameter Possible Values Description camera_video_quality lt 1 2 3 4 gt motion sharpness Sets or gets the video quality setting for the specified video input for motion or for sharpness for images without motion 4 78 Feedback Examples e configparam camera_video_quality 1 set motion returns cameral_video_quality motion Polycom Inc configpresentation System Commands
247. nges through restarts To register for events not included in this feedback refer to the specific registration command 4 19 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems This is a one time registration command that is retained in flash memory Sending the command a second time results in the following feedback response e info event notification already active callstate info event notification already active camera info event notification already active chaircontrol info event notification already active chaircontrol info event notification already active linestate info event notification already active mute info event notification already active pip info event notification already active popupinfo info event notification already active preset info event notification already active screen info event notification already active vcbutton info event notification already active volume info event notification already active sleep Polycom recommends you use this command in place of the registerall deprecated command on page 4 267 4 20 Polycom Inc all unregister Polycom Inc System Commands Simultaneously unregisters all registered user feedback so that the API no longer reports changes to the parameters Syntax all unregister Feedback Examples all unregister returns callstate unregistered camera unregistered chaircontrol unregistered linestate unregistered chaircontrol unregistered
248. nport get returns lanport auto Comments changes to take effect restart now lt y n gt After making a change you are prompted to restart the system 4 197 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Idapauthenticationtype Sets or gets the authentication type required to authenticate with an LDAP server Syntax Idapauthenticationtype get Idapauthenticationtype set lt anonymous basic nt1m gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the authentication type of an LDAP server Note This parameter does not change the setting on the server Instead this parameter changes how the Polycom system recognizes the server anonymous Specifies anonymous as the authentication type of an LDAP server basic Specifies basic as the authentication type of an LDAP server ntlm Specifies nt1m as the authentication type of an LDAP server This is the default setting Feedback Examples e dapauthenticationtype get returns Idapauthenticationtype anonymous e Idapauthenticationtype set basic returns Idapauthenticationtype basic e Idapauthenticationtype set ntlm returns Idapauthenticationtype ntlm 4 198 Polycom Inc Idapbasedn System Commands Sets or gets the base distinguished name DN of an LDAP server Syntax Idapbasedn get Idapbasedn set base dn Parameter Descri
249. ns subnetmask 255 255 255 0 Comments After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect Polycom Inc 4 301 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems sysinfo 4 302 Sets or gets registration for ISDN IP and gatekeeper status notifications Syntax sysinfo lt get register unregister gt Parameter Description get Returns registration status register Registers the shell session to receive ISDN IP and gatekeeper status notifications unregister Unregisters the shell session for ISDN IP and gatekeeper status notifications Feedback Examples sysinfo register returns sysinfo registered sysinfo unregister returns sysinfo unregistered sysinfo get returns sysinfo unregistered The following are examples of notifications of status changes in ISDN lines that may be returned after registering to receive sysinfo notifications linestate isdnline 1 down linestate isdnline 2 down linestate isdnline 3 up linestate isdnline 4 up linestate isdnline 1 up linestate isdnline 3 down linestate isdnline 4 down linestate isdnline 2 up Polycom Inc systemname Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the name of the system Syntax systemname get systemname set system name Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the system name to system name system name
250. nt entryway Within our own physical and local environment we have the ability to isolate local unwanted noise from local sound of interest voices of other people etc and place the unwanted noise in an inferior position in our conscious thought pattern We are able to do this because we know where the noise is coming from and usually what is causing it We may be annoyed by the noise but we generally are able to ignore it As soon as we add conferencing to the meeting equation however we add the element of electronic pickup and reproduction of all sounds For the people at the far end the unwanted noise is much more difficult if not impossible to ignore They do not have the ability to isolate it in three dimensional space the microphones eliminate the spatial reference and they often do not know what is making the noise The brain of the far end participant will devote more and more conscious observation and thought energy to trying to work out these elements in an attempt to isolate and finally ignore the unwanted sound We have already stated that they cannot do this however due to the electronic separation between the locations Thus they are left with an impossible task that takes up more and more thought energy eroding the perceived quality of the spoken communication over time Frustration and exasperation quickly set in and the communication flow quickly falls apart This then is one reason we must pay even great
251. nual for Polycom HDX Systems e Make sure that the background and the presenter are well lit For example use a minimum of two 250 W halogen lights on the background and one on the presenter e Experiment with different room and lighting arrangements until the best results are achieved Polycom HDX system and EagleEye HD camera You can find more information about configuring and using People On Content in the User s Guide for Polycom HDX Systems and in the Knowledge Base on the Polycom web site Polycom HDX Installation Precautions If you place the Polycom HDX series system in a cart or credenza ensure that there is proper ventilation for maintaining an ambient temperature of 40 C or lower Polycom recommends ventilation gaps of at least 2 inches 50 80 mm on the left and right of the system with appropriate access to fresh air 1 4 Polycom Inc Room Integration Integrating Video The following sections describe how to connect cameras to Polycom HDX systems After you connect a camera to a Polycom HDX system refer to the Administrator s Guide for Polycom HDX Systems for information about configuring the camera options in the user interface Connecting Polycom Cameras You can connect Polycom HDX systems to a Polycom EagleEye 1080 Polycom EagleEye HD Polycom EagleEye View Polycom PowerCam or PowerCam Plus camera from Polycom or to other supported cameras Refer to the release notes fo
252. o 48527 meetingpassword none attendee Russell Bell attendee Rebecca Sharp calendarmeetings info end e calendarmeetings info AAAaAEFSZXguTWF jRGQUYWxkQHBvbH1 jb20uY29tAVEACI jMn4AUcVgARgA AAADr9G1hsSjWEZBcAAKZMph J BwA4wi cbt r3UEZArAKAKO9LtAAACZpKWAA De7hJ 1eQIOS7 j2mZzRIXkLKAAAA30GWAAAQ returns calendarmeetings info start id AAAaAEFSZXguTWFjRG9UYWxkQHBvbH1 jb20uY29tAVEACT jMn4AUcVgA RgAAAADr9G1hsSjWEZBcAAKZMphJ BwA4wi cbt r3UEZArAKAkKO9LtAAACZpK WAADe7hJ 1 eQIOS7 j2mzZRIxkLKAAAA30GWAAAQ 2010 04 01 10 30 2010 04 01 11 00 nondialable private organizer Rebecca Sharp location Red River conference room subject Escalations Review attendee Roslin Adam attendee Conf AUS Red River attendee Claudia Nevarez calendarmeetings info end Polycom Inc 4 47 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Comments If the meeting s end time is more than 31 days from the meeting s start time the response is shortened to starttime 31days and meetings that start in that time span are returned If an API client is logged in with user level credentials and if the Polycom HDX system is configured to hide private meeting information on the web interface the API hides the information from the API client and shows the subject of the meeting as Private Meeting for example calendarmeetings list begin meeting AAAaAEFSZXguTWFj RGQUYWxkQHBvbH1 jb20uY29tAVEACT jMn4AUcVg ARgAAAADr9G1hsSjJWEZBCAAKzZMphJ BwA4wi cbtr 3UEZArAKAKO9L tAAACZpKWA
253. o take effect 4 90 Polycom Inc System Commands dhcp Sets or gets DHCP options Syntax dhcp lt get off client gt Parameter Description get Returns the selected DHCP option off Disables DHCP client Enables DHCP client setting the system to obtain an IP address from a server on your network Feedback Examples e dhcp off returns dhcp off e dhcp client returns dhcp client e dhcp get returns dhcp client Comments After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect Polycom Inc 4 91 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems dial Dials video or audio calls either manually or from the directory Syntax dial addressbook addr book name dial auto speed dialstr dial manual lt 56 64 gt dialstr1 dialstr2 h320 dial manual speed dialstr1 dialstr2 h323 h320 ip isdn sip dial phone dialstring Parameter Description addressbook Dials a directory address book entry Requires the name of the entry addr book name The name of the directory address book entry The name may be up to 25 characters Use quotation marks around strings that contain spaces For example John Doe auto Dials a video call number dialstr1 at speed of type h323 or h320 Requires the parameters speed and dialstr Allows the user to automatically dial a number The
254. of the near camera Feedback Examples farcontrolnearcamera yes returns farcontrolnearcamera yes farcontrolnearcamera no returns farcontrolnearcamera no farcontrolnearcamera get returns farcontrolnearcamera no 4 127 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems farnametimedisplay Sets or gets the length of time the far site name is displayed on the system 4 128 Syntax farnametimedisplay off farnametimedisplay lt get on 15 30 60 120 gt Parameter Description off Disables the far site name display get Returns the current setting on Displays the far site name for the duration of the call 15 30 60 120 Specifies the number of seconds to display the far site name at the beginning of a call Feedback Examples farnametimedisplay off returns farnametimedisplay off farnametimedisplay on returns farnametimedisplay on farnametimedisplay 60 returns farnametimedisplay 60 farnametimedisplay get returns farnametimedisplay 60 Polycom Inc flash Polycom Inc System Commands Flashes the analog phone call Syntax flash callid flash callid duration Parameter Description callid Specifies the callid to flash duration Specifies the pulse duration in ms Feedback Examples e flash 34 5 returns flash 34 5 and flashes callid 34 for 5 ms See Also You can also use
255. og Camera Cable 0 00000 e eee eee 2 24 HDCI Digital Camera Cable 0 2 25 HDCI Camera Break Out Cable o o ooooooooooooooommooo 2 26 VCR DVD Composite Cable 0 0 eee eee eee 2 27 Composite Video Cable 0 0 ec eee eens 2 28 PowerCam Plus Primary Cable 0 000 000 eee ee 2 29 HDCI PowerCam Cable ie sieni erin ina aoe eee eee 2 30 HDCI PowerCam Plus Adapter Cable 00 2 31 HDCI VISCA Adapter Cable 0 0 2 32 HDCI Polycom EagleEye 1080 Camera Cable o 2 33 HDCI Polycom EagleEye View Camera Cable o oo 2 34 HDCI Sony VISCA Adapter Cable oooooccocccooococooo 2 35 HDCI EagleEye 1080 or Sony Adapter Cable oooooo o 2 36 PowerCam Primary Camera Cable 0000000005 2 37 PowerCam Break Out Cable 0 0 eee eee 2 38 PowerCam Plus VISCA Control Cable o o oo ooo o 2 39 Audio Cables aint Bein ha MGA GoW AON DA A ds 2 41 Polycom HDX Microphone Host Cable o o oooo o o o oo ooo 2 41 Polycom HDX Microphone Array Cable 00 2 43 Polycom HDX Microphone Array Cable Adapter 2 44 Custom Cabling for Polycom HDX Microphones 2 46 Audio Adapter Cable 0 0 cece eee 2 49 Audio Cable ninio Sita a ae hone ane aie 2 50 Vortex Cable rural dad 2 51 3 5mm Screw Cage Connector 0 cee 2 52 Subwoofer Volume Attenuator
256. oint Video mode which determines how the system will handle an incoming call in a point to point video conference Syntax autoanswer lt get yes no donotdisturb gt Parameter Description yes Allows any incoming video call to be connected automatically This is the default setting no Prompts the user to answer incoming video calls donotdisturb Notifies the user of incoming calls but does not connect the call The site that placed the call receives a Far Site Busy H 320 or Call Rejected H 323 code get Returns the current setting Feedback Examples e autoanswer yes returns autoanswer yes e autoanswer no returns autoanswer no e autoanswer get returns autoanswer no e autoanswer donotdisturb returns autoanswer donotdisturb Comments If autoanswer is set to no or donotdisturb you must rely on API session notifications to answer inbound calls Polycom Inc autoshowcontent Polycom Inc System Commands Specifies whether to send content automatically when a computer is connected to the system Syntax autoshowcontent lt get on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Sets the system to send content automatically when a computer is connected to the system off Sets the system to not send content automatically Feedback Examples autoshowcontent on returns autoshowcontent on autoshowcontent off returns
257. om zoom stop gt camera lt near far gt move lt continuous discrete gt camera lt near far gt source camera lt near far gt stop camera near lt getposition setposition x y z gt camera near ppcip camera for people 2 5 camera for content 2 5 camera list content camera lt register unregister gt camera register get Parameter Description near Specifies that the command selects or controls the near camera far Specifies that the command selects or controls the far camera 1 6 1 5 Specifies a near or far camera as the main video source camera near 6 selects Polycom People Content IP if it is running and connected to the system move Changes the near or far camera s direction or zoom Only continuous and discrete return feedback Valid directions are left right up down zoom zoom stop continuous and discrete left Starts moving the camera left right Starts moving the camera right up Starts moving the camera up down Starts moving the camera down zoom Starts zooming in zoom Starts zooming out stop Stops the near or far camera when in continuous mode Returns no feedback Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands Parameter Description continuous Selects continuous movement mode The camera will move in direction specified until a camera lt near far gt move stop command is sent This is the default setting discrete Selects discrete movement
258. omputer open a command line interface 2 Starta Telnet session using the Polycom HDX system IP address and port number for example telnet 10 11 12 13 24 You cannot use Telnet to access the system if Security Mode is enabled Using the API Controller Code Polycom Inc In cooperation with the leading touch panel controller manufacturers Polycom Video Division is proud to offer its own version of controller code designed to run on Crestron and AMX systems This independent code base was developed specifically to address issues of code compatibility with video system software releases It provides a fully executable controller program but also serves as a guideline for ongoing development using Polycom preferred methodology and commands To download the APT controller code refer to www polycom com forms amx_code html Additionally AMX controller code or Crestron controller code is available for controlling the Polycom EagleEye HD camera Companion documents are also available to further explain how to interface your controller with Polycom video systems and utilize the API efficiently 3 3 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Additional API Resources The following online resources are available for your reference as you use the API Technical Support Contact Information To contact Polycom Technical Support go to www polycom com support This web site provides you with contact information for Polycom t
259. ot less than 8 centers per fold is preferred In all cases the use of sheer draperies or standard vertical or horizontal blinds should be avoided due to their inherent inefficiency in blocking sound and light and the fine lines they create within the camera field of view Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Ceiling Tiles Air Conditioning These should be high quality acoustic tiles ideally 1 thick compressed densecore fiberglass An added benefit of this kind of ceiling tile is that it works well with the indirect lighting as specified elsewhere in this section To reduce any extraneous noise from leaving or entering the room via the ceiling space the ceiling tiles can be blanketed completely from the plenum side with a minimum of 6 thick unfaced dense fiberglass batting or mineral rock wool the equivalent of R 15 to R 19 Here again a barrier layer will improve the performance but all local building codes must be followed for allowable materials in the various aspects of room acoustic modifications To make entry and exit from the ceiling space easier the blanket and barrier do not need to rest on the ceiling tiles but may be suspended above it It is critical that all air handling equipment blowers heat exchangers solenoid valves etc be located outside the physical meeting room space This will prevent the noise burden associated with such equipment from affecting the participants of any meeting
260. our system Syntax prinumberingplan lt get isdn unknown gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting isdn With this parameter the numbering plan is identified to the upstream switch as ISDN and the number type which is either national or international is determined from the dialed phone number If the dialed phone number starts with the international dialing prefix that is currently selected the type is set to the international and the prefix is removed from the number before the number is sent to the upstream switch Otherwise the number is marked as national and passed to the upstream switch without modification unknown This is the default selection With this parameter the numbering plan and number type are sent to the upstream as unknown and the dialed phone number is sent without notification The unknown parameter is preferred and should work with all properly configured PBXs and with most telephone company switches A notable exception in North America is an ATT 5ESS switch which is provisioned with Accunet or an ATT 4ESS switch For these switches set the numbering type to ISDN Feedback Examples e prinumberingplan returns prinumberingplan e prinumberingplan returns prinumberingplan e prinumberingplan returns prinumberingplan Polycom Inc isdn isdn unknown unknown get unknown 4 261 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HD
261. paces Feedback Examples snmpcommuni ty set returns snmpcommuni ty lt empty gt snmpcommunity set Public returns snmpcommuni ty Public snmpcommuni ty get returns snmpcommuni ty Public Comments After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect Polycom Inc System Commands snmpconsoleip Sets or gets the SNMP console IP address Syntax snmpconsoleip get snmpconsoleip set XXX XXX XXX XXX Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the SNMP console IP address when followed by the XXX XXX XXX XXX parameter To erase the current setting omit the parameter XXX XXX XXX A XXX IP address of the console Feedback Examples e snmpconsoleip set returns snmpconsoleip lt empty gt e snmpconsoleip set 192 168 1 111 returns snmpconsoleip 192 168 1 111 e snmpconsoleip get 192 168 1 111 returns snmpconsoleip 192 168 1 111 Comments After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect Polycom Inc 4 293 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems snmplocation Sets or gets the SNMP location name Syntax snmplocation get snmplocation set location name Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the SNMP location name when followed by the location name parameter To erase the current setting omit the parameter
262. performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 32 Polycom Inc HDCI Polycom EagleEye 1080 Camera Cable Cables This cable connects a Polycom HDX system HDCI video input to a Polycom 2 EagleEye 1080 camera or to a Sony HD camera The cable is HDCI to 8 pin E mini DIN and HD 15 Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 9 ft 10 in 3 m 2457 28153 001 Yes 33 ft 10 m 2457 28154 001 Yes 50 ft 15m 2457 28154 050 Yes 100 ft 30m 2457 28154 100 Yes 3000137 304 8 P2 14 REF ME 15 gt z i 6 1 REF i 4 5 REF Ad 4 a YA aa Loeb 18 7 REF HE elle Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 33 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems HDCI Polycom EagleEye View Camera Cable This cabl
263. ption get Returns the current setting set Sets the base DN of an LDAP server To erase the current setting omit the base dn parameter Notes This parameter does not change the setting on the server Instead this parameter changes how the Polycom system recognizes the server base dn Specifies the base DN of an LDAP server Valid characters include Unicode ISO 10646 characters including IA5 ASCII characters and extended characters such as and Feedback Examples e Idapbasedn get returns Idapbasedn dc hardware dc domain dc Polycom dc com where dc domain component e ldapbasedn set dc software dc domain dc Polycom dc com returns Idapbasedn dc software dc domain dc Polycom dc com where dc domain component Polycom Inc 4 199 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Idapbinddn 4 200 Sets or gets the bind DN for LDAP Simple Authentication Syntax Idapbinddn get Idapbinddn set bind dn Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the bind DN for LDAP Simple Authentication To erase the current setting omit the bind dn parameter Note This parameter does not change the setting on the server Instead this parameter changes how the Polycom system recognizes the server bind dn Specifies the bind DN of an LDAP server Valid characters include Unico
264. r Parameter Description account number Number that is needed to validate the account before dialing out To erase the current setting omit this parameter Feedback Examples e setaccountnumber 1234 returns setaccountnumber 1234 Comments The account number is saved in the Global Management System database and is generally assigned by the Global Management System administrator The requireacctnumtodial command on page 4 272 and the validateacctnum command on page 4 327 must be enabled for this command to work When you make a call you will be prompted to enter your account number See Also See the related requireacctnumtodial command on page 4 272 and validateacctnum command on page 4 327 4 285 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems setpassword Sets the admin password for the Polycom HDX system local admin account Syntax setpassword admin room currentacctpasswd newacctpasswd Parameter Description admin Specifies the Polycom HDX system local admin account room Changes the room password currentacctpasswd The current account password newacctpasswd The new account password Feedback Examples e setpassword admin room 123 456 returns password changed e setpassword admin room 456 returns password changed e setpassword admin room 123 returns password changed Comments If the account has no administrator room
265. r this document Polycom Inc 4 1 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems About the API Commands Syntax Conventions The following conventions are used for the API command descriptions in this chapter All of the commands are case sensitive Convention Meaning lt paraml param2 param3 gt Multiple valid parameters are enclosed in angle brackets and separated by the pipe character Example allowdialing lt yes no get gt shows that the allowdialing command must be followed by one of the parameters listed param Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets Quotation marks param indicate strings to be supplied by the user Example teleareacode set telephone_area_code shows that you can supply a value for the area code or omit it and let the default value apply You do not need to enclose the actual value in quotes unless it contains a space a z A range of possible alphanumeric values is enclosed in braces Example abk letter a z shows that the abk command can be used to return address book entries that begin with an alphanumeric character in the range specified Example camera near 1 4 shows that the camera command can be used to select camera 1 2 3 or 4 at the near site x Quotation marks indicate strings to be supplied by the user You do not need to enclose the value in quotes unless it contains a space Although the API command pa
266. r application 2 28 Polycom Inc Cables PowerCam Plus Primary Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to a Polycom PowerCam Plus camera using the HDCI PowerCam Plus Adapter Cable on page 2 31 It has 4 pin mini DIN and DB 15 connectors on both ends Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 9 ft 10 in 3 m 1457 50105 002 Yes 30 ft 9 m 1457 50105 230 Yes 50 ft 15 m 1457 50105 250 Yes 100 ft 30 m 1457 50105 300 Yes 150 ft 45 m 1457 50105 350 Yes lt 200mm 7 67 _ lt 200mm 7 87 ___ kE 40mm 1 57 o 11 57 La 3 Meters 9 10 P1 Connector P2 Connector Pin Signal Name Pin Signal Name 1 Arm Mic 1 Arm Mic 2 Left Mic 2 Left Mic 2 A GND 3 A GND 4 Cam ID Bit 4 Cam ID Bit 5 PGND 5 P GND 6 12V 6 12V 7 SW RX SN TX 7 SW RX SN TX 8 IR signal 8 IR signal 9 Center Mic 9 Center Mic Front View ol Connector 12 PGND 12 POND i Gonneeist o 13 12V 13 12V 14 SW TX SN RX 14 SW TX SN RX O 15 TR return 15 TR return P3 4 Pin mini Din P4 4 Pin mini Din 1 A GND 1 A GND 2 A GND 2 A GND 3 Luma 3 Luma 4 Chroma 4 Chroma Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of c
267. r gets the gateway country code Syntax gatewaycountrycode get gatewaycountrycode set countrycode Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the gateway country code when followed by the countrycode parameter To erase the current setting omit countrycode countrycode Numeric string specifying the gateway country code Feedback Examples e gatewaycountrycode set 1 returns gatewaycountrycode 1 e gatewaycountrycode get returns gatewaycountrycode 1 4 140 Polycom Inc System Commands gatewayext Sets or gets the gateway extension number Syntax gatewayext get gatewayext set extension Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the gateway extension number when followed by the extension parameter To reset the default value omit extension extension Numeric string specifying the gateway extension Feedback Examples e gatewayext set 59715 returns gatewayext 59715 e gatewayext get returns gatewayext 59715 Polycom Inc 4 141 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gatewaynumber Sets or gets the gateway number Syntax gatewaynumber get gatewaynumber set number Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the gateway number when followed by the number parameter To erase the current
268. r the software release installed on the Polycom HDX system for a list of supported PTZ cameras Polycom EagleEye HD Camera as the Main Camera up to 30 ft Away You can connect a Polycom EagleEye HD camera part number 8200 23600 001 or 8200 23610 001 to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series system as the main camera using e HDCI Analog Camera Cable on page 2 24 su OF am OO qe MS C C mm mm mm mm on iE e Polycom Inc Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Polycom EagleEye HD Camera as the Second Camera up to 30 ft Away You can connect a Polycom EagleEye HD camera part number 8200 23600 001 or 8200 23610 001 to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series system as the second camera using e HDCI Analog Camera Cable on page 2 24 Power supply Use only the approved power supply from Polycom part number 1465 52621 036 Do not exceed 12 Volts at 3 Amps Verify the polarity of the power supply as shown on the Polycom camera next to the power supply input DC IN 12V gt E Polycom Inc Room Integration Polycom EagleEye HD Camera as the Main or Second Camera up to 100 ft Away To connect a Polycom EagleEye HD camera part number 8200 23600 001 or 8200 23610 001 to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series system more than 30 ft away Option 1 e HDCI Analog Camera Cable on page 2 24 e Power supply Use only the app
269. rations Syntax Idapsslenabled get ldapsslenabled set on off Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the SSL encryption state for LDAP operations Note This parameter does not change the setting on the server Instead this parameter changes how the Polycom system recognizes the server on Specifies on as the encryption state for LDAP operations This is the default setting off Specifies off as the encryption state for LDAP operations Feedback Examples e Idapsslenabled get returns Idapsslenabled off e Idapsslenabled set on returns Idapsslenabled on Polycom Inc Idapusername Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the user name for NTLM authentication of an LDAP server Syntax Idapusername get Idapusername set user name Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the user name for NTLM authentication of an LDAP server To erase the current setting omit the user name parameter Note This parameter does not change the setting on the server Instead this parameter changes how the Polycom system recognizes the server user name Specifies the user name for NTLM authentication of an LDAP server Valid characters include Unicode ISO 10646 characters including IA5 ASCII characters and extended characters such as and Feedback Examples Idapus
270. rd password Password to access the GDS server Valid characters are a through z lower and uppercase _ 0 A 0 through 9 Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Feedback Examples e gabpassword set gabpass returns gabpassword gabpass e gabpassword 1 set gabpass returns gabpassword 1 gabpass O This command might not return the current password in correct case sensitive format Comments This command cannot be used unless the Remote Access password in the user interface has been set Polycom Inc 4 133 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gabserverip 4 134 Sets or gets the IP address of the Global Directory Server Syntax gabserverip lt get set gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the GDS server s IP address when followed by the parameter XXX XXX XXX XXX To erase the current setting omit the xxx xxx xxx xxx parameter Feedback Examples gabserverip set returns gabserverip lt empty gt gabserverip set gab polycom com returns gabserverip gab polycom com gabserverip get returns gabserverip gab polycom com Polycom Inc System Commands gaddrbook Returns global directory address book entries Syntax gaddrbook all gaddrbook batch 0 59 gaddrbook batch define start_no stop_no gaddrbook batch
271. re is within the conference room proper To help prevent meeting audio from leaking into adjoining hallways or offices the walls along those areas also should be treated Approximately 50 percent of the wall area needs be covered with acoustic panels The type recommended is 1 thick compressed dense core fiberglass fabric covered or equivalent with a SABIN sound absorption index value of 0 9 average This specification is sometimes referred to as NRC noise reduction coefficient If reduction of sound passing through is required then an additional barrier layer is laminated to the dense core material usually 3 8 thick fiber compression board The barrier layer is placed against the existing wall material then the acoustic absorption panels are placed on the interior room side of that The barrier panels will have a SABIN of 0 9 but will have an additional specification of an STC sound transmission coefficient of 20 STC is a measure of the amount of reduction in loudness of sound passing through the material Having an STC rating of 20 means there is a factor of 10 reduction in the amount of sound passing through that material A high quality conference room wall usually has an STC of 60 or more that is less than 1 1 000 of the sound in the room leaks through the wall The brightness of the lighting in a videoconference room plays an important role in determining the far end view of the meeting When there are low to moderate
272. received sleep Instructs the session to listen for when the system goes into sleep mode When this event occurs the message listen going to sleep is received When the system wakes up the message listen waking up is received Deprecated Polycom recommends using sleep register instead of this command Feedback Examples listen sleep returns listen sleep registered to acknowledge that the session is now registered to listen for sleep mode listen phone returns listen phone registered to acknowledge that the session is now registered to listen for incoming phone calls listen video returns listen video registered to acknowledge that the session is now registered to listen for incoming video calls 4 209 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems localdatetime 4 210 Sets or gets whether to display the local date and time on the Home screen Syntax localdatetime lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Displays the local date and time on the Home screen no Removes the local date and time from the Home screen Feedback Examples localdatetime returns localdatetime localdatetime returns localdatetime localdatetime returns localdatetime yes yes no no get no Polycom Inc System Commands marqueedisplaytext Sets or gets the text to display in the dialing
273. required regardless of which connector is used on the HDX 9000 Series back panel 1 18 Polycom Inc Room Integration Vaddio 300 PTZ as the Main or Second Camera To connect a Vaddio 300 PTZ camera to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series system as the main or second camera You can connect a Vaddio 300 PTZ camera to a Polycom HDX system using e A HDCIVISCA Adapter Cable on page 2 32 e B DB 9 serial cable e C S Video Cable on page 2 14 Note For situations that require extraordinary cable lengths CAT5 extension kits for camera video power and control are available from third party vendors B Up to 100 ft O Quick Connect Box OO abd a 000 am OO ee mm mm mm m E 4E Polycom Inc 1 19 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Integrating Audio and Content Connecting a Computer to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series System You can connect Polycom HDX 9000 series systems to a computer To connect a computer to a Polycom HDX 9001 or Polycom HDX 9002 system Option 1 Connect a Polycom HDX 9001 or Polycom HDX 9002 system to a computer using e A DVI to VGA Monitor Cable on page 2 17 e B 3 5 mm stereo to RCA adapter cable e C Audio Adapter Cable on page 2 49 When you connect a computer to a Polycom HDX 9001 or Polycom HDX 9002 as follows audio is only heard at the far site and may be heard even when video input 4 is not selected 1 20
274. roadcast Feedback Examples v35broadcast on returns v35broadcast on v35broadcast off returns v35broadcast off v35broadcast get returns v35broadcast off Polycom Inc System Commands v35dialingprotocol Sets or gets the V 35 dialing protocol This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax v35dialingprotocol lt get rs366 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting rs366 Enables RS 366 as the dialing protocol At this time RS 366 is the only supported dialing protocol on the system Feedback Examples e v35dialingprotocol rs366 returns v35dialingprotocol rs366 e v35dialingprotocol get returns v35dialingprotocol rs366 Comments Selecting a dialing protocol is not needed if you are using your DCE to dial the call or if you have a dedicated connection to the far site Polycom Inc 4 319 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems v35num 4 320 Sets or gets the ISDN video numbers assigned to the system This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax v35num get lt 1b1 1b2 gt v35num set lt 1b1 1b2 gt v35 number Parameter Description get Returns the current ISDN video number associated with a B channel of a particular line Requires lt 1b1 1b2 gt 1b1 1b2 B1 and B2 channels 1b1 designates line 1 B chann
275. rophone Array Cable Adapter on page 2 44 to connect a Polycom HDX system to a Polycom HDX microphone array or to a SoundStation IP 7000 phone It has male Walta connectors on both ends Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 15 ft 4 6 m 2457 23215 001 Yes 25 ft 7 6 m 2457 23216 001 Yes P1 BROWN HEAFSHRINK TUBING P2 go E SEE DETAIL A WIRING LIST SEE DETAIL B CABLE PI P2 UNIT CONDUCTOR 10 2 TWISTED 14 6 PAIR 1 2 2 10 TWISTED l 6 14 PAIR 2 2 13 13 CONDUCTOR 1 9 9 CONDUCTOR 2 3 3 DRAIN z SHIELD SHIELD SHIELD DETAIL A SCALE 3 00 DETAIL B PINS 4 5 7 8 I1 AND 12 OF SCALE 3 000 PI 3 P2 ARE NOT USED AND SHALL BE LEFT OPEN Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 43 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Polycom HDX Microphone Array Cable Adapter For more information about supported microphone cable configurations refer to the Administrator s Guide for Polycom HDX Systems lt This cable ad
276. rough a DCE It can also display all the settings speed prefix or suffix of the current profile Syntax v35profile lt get adtran adtran_isu512 ascend ascend_vsx ascend_max avaya_mcu custom_1 fvc com initia lucent_mcu madge_teleos gt Parameter Description get Returns the current profile adtran adtran_isu512 V 35 RS 449 RS 530 profile equipment manufacturer ascend ascend_vsx available ascend_max avaya_mcu Consult your DCE user guide for additional information custom_1 fvc com on setting dialing profiles initia lucent_mcul madge_teleos Feedback Examples e v35profile adtran_isu512 returns v35profile adtran_isu512 selects adtran_isu512 as the profile e v35profile get returns v35profile adtran_isu512 4 324 Polycom Inc v35suffix Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the V 35 dialing suffix It assumes that a profile has already been selected Syntax v35suffix get valid speed v35suffix set valid speed value Parameter Description get Returns the current setting for valid speed set Sets the dialing suffix when followed by a value parameter To erase the current setting omit the value parameter valid speed Valid speeds are 56 64 2x56 112 2x64 128 168 192 224 256 280 320 336 384 392 7x64 504 512 560 576 616 640 672 704 728 768 784 832 840 14x64 952 960 1008 1024 1064 1088
277. roved power supply from Polycom part number 1465 52621 036 Do not exceed 12 Volts at 3 Amps Verify the polarity of the power supply as shown on the Polycom camera next to the power supply input O Polycom recommends this configuration when a custom cable length is not required DC IN 12V Polycom Inc 1 7 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Option 2 e A Two HDCI Camera Break Out Cable on page 2 26 e B Coaxial analog video cables e C DB 9 serial cable e Power supply Use only the approved power supply from Polycom part number 1465 52621 036 Do not exceed 12 Volts at 3 Amps Verify the polarity of the power supply as shown on the Polycom camera next to the power supply input Polycom recommends this configuration when a custom cable length is required O The BNC and serial cables can be built to custom lengths Optional up to 100 ft 1 8 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Room Integration Polycom EagleEye 1080 or Sony EVI HD1 PTZ as the Main or Second Camera You can connect a Polycom EagleEye 1080 or Sony EVI HD1 PTZ camera to a Polycom HDX 9000 Series system as the main or second camera using Option 1 e HDCI Polycom EagleEye 1080 Camera Cable on page 2 33 this cable is compatible with the Sony EVI HD1 PTZ camera O Polycom recommends this configuration when a custom cable length is required
278. rrent contact number set Sets the Global Management System contact number when followed by the number parameter To erase the current setting omit number number Numeric string specifying the contact number Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example 408 555 2323 Feedback Examples gmscontactnumber get returns gmscontactnumber lt empty gt gmscontactnumber set 408 555 2323 returns gmscontactnumber 4085552323 gmscontactnumber get returns gmscontactnumber 4085552323 4 157 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gmscontactperson 4 158 Sets or gets the Global Management System contact person information Syntax gmscontactperson get gmscontactperson set person Parameter Description get Returns the current contact person information set Sets the Global Management System contact person name when followed by the person parameter To erase the current setting omit person person Character string specifying the contact person Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example Mary Polycom Feedback Examples e gmscontactperson get returns gmscontactperson lt empty gt e gmscontactperson set Mary Polycom returns gmscontactperson Mary Polycom e gmscontactperson get returns gmscontactnumber Mary Polycom Polycom Inc System Commands gmscountry Sets
279. rs on both ends Cables Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 9 ft 10 in 3 m 2457 23181 003 Yes 50 P 3000 50 SIGNAL NAME PINE UNIT CONDUCTOR TMDS 1 Datad 32 TMDS Data0 31 DI 2 TMDS 1 Data0 SHIELD 51 DRAIN TMDS 1 Datal 21 1 TMDS 1 Datal 28 02 2 TMDS 1 Datal SHIELD 34 DRAIN TMDS 1 Data2 25 TMDS 1 Data2 26 03 2 TMDS 1 Doto SHIELD 35 DRAIN TMDS 1 CLK 30 TMDS 1 CLK 29 D4 2 TMDS 1 CLK SHIELD 33 DRAIN 12 VDC 4 El 12 VDC 5 E2 12 VOC 10 E3 12 VOC i Es GND 1 ES GND 8 E6 GND 48 El GND 58 E8 Rx l E9 Tx 2 E10 IR 3 Ell GND SHELL Bac P2 Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Polycom Inc 2 25 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems HDCI Camera Break Out Cable This cable breaks out the HDCI camera cable video and control signals to standard interfaces This cable can be connected to the EagleEye View camera but does not support audio T
280. rser may accept the minimum number of characters ina command which makes it unique you should always use the full command string Availability of Commands The availability of API commands depends on the type of system optional equipment installed or connected security settings and the software version installed on the system If a particular command is not supported on the system the command returns feedback such as error this command is not supported on this model or command is not available in current system configuration Ifasetting is configured by a provisioning service the command may return feedback such as this setting is 4 2 Polycom Inc System Commands controlled by a provisioning service and cannot be changed For more information about provisioned settings refer to your provisioning service administrator Deprecated commands are included for backward compatibility only and are not recommended for use with this version Suitable replacements are noted for each deprecated command API support is not available for Telnet ports 23 and 24 when Security Mode is enabled e Software versions for the Joint Interoperability Test Command JITC certification Command Response Syntax Polycom Inc When you send a command the system returns responses using the following syntax where lt CR gt indicates a carriage return and lt LF gt indicates a line feed The end of line EOL chara
281. s Large Conference Room Acoustic Panels Document Camera Polycom HDX system and EagleEye HD camera Flat Panel Monitor 1 Flat Panel Monitor 2 Polycom HDX Network Outlets Media Center Power Outlets 1 2 Polycom Inc Teacher s Room Integration Classroom Podium AS _ _ Touch Panel Computer Document Camera Polycom HDX system with EagleEye HD camera and Polycom SoundStructure mixer Monitor 1 Camera 2 _ a is 4 y y PON 4 rs 4 is 4 is 4 Monitor 2 A k 4 4 LJ LJ LJ LJ LJ h H Monitor for L VGA Out Table Top Microphones Setting Up the Room for Polycom People On Content Polycom Inc For the best results follow these guidelines for setting up Polycom People On Content e Use the Polycom EagleEye HD camera with Polycom HDX 9000 series and Polycom HDX 8000 series systems Polycom recommends using a Polycom EagleEye HD or Polycom EagleEye HD 1080 camera with People on Content If you are using a Polycom EagleEye 1080 or Polycom EagleEye View camera activating People on Content automatically reduces the resolution to 720p e Create a flat consistent background color using a screen or matte finish paint in green or blue Make sure the background does not have shadows or glare Integrator s Reference Ma
282. s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gatekeeperip 4 138 Sets or gets the IP address of the gatekeeper Syntax gatekeeperip get gatekeeperip set XXX XXX XXX XXX Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the gatekeeper IP address when followed by the XXX XXX XXX XXX parameter To erase the current setting omit XxX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX A XXX IP address of the gatekeeper Feedback Examples e gatekeeperip set 192 168 1 205 returns gatekeeperip 192 168 1 205 e gatekeeperip get returns gatekeeperip 192 168 1 205 Note The gatekeeperip get command feedback may include the port number after the IP address Polycom Inc gatewayareacode Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the gateway area code Syntax gatewayareacode get gatewayareacode set areacode Parameter Description get Returns the area code for the gateway set Sets the area code when followed by the areacode parameter To erase the current setting omit areacode areacode Numeric string specifying the area code Feedback Examples gatewayareacode get returns gatewayareacode lt empty gt gatewayareacode set 512 returns gatewayareacode 512 gatewayareacode get returns gatewayareacode 512 4 139 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gatewaycountrycode Sets o
283. s held in the room Location of air handling equipment within the ceiling space of a conference room often renders that room unusable for video or audio only conferencing The air vents should be of open construction to eliminate wind noise while the system is running These vents normally are specified as low velocity diffusers The number of air vents within the room should be sufficient to maintain a consistent temperature throughout the space All HVAC ducts and diffusers should be oversized for the general application in the space with minimum 2 diameter insulated flexible ducts and matching 2 noise dampening diffusers generally best All ducts should be installed with gradual bends and curves rather than rigid 90 degree corners This will minimize thunder sounds as the initial air pushes through the ductwork and into the room There should be a thermostat to control this specific room system independently of the rest of the building and that control should be located within the room Important Allow an additional 5 000 BTU of cooling capacity for a standard roll about singlemonitor VC system with extended in room peripherals PC document camera scan converter etc and a minimum of 10 000 BTU for a dual display multimedia presentation system with large screen displays For the comfort of the participants the room must accommodate these heat loads plus the heat load of a room full of people with minimal te
284. s on the IP Address IPv4 setting e If the IP address is set manually the configured IP address is returned regardless of whether the LAN connection is currently active e Ifthe IP address is obtained automatically the currently assigned address is returned or 0 0 0 0 is returned if there is no active connection 4 153 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gmscity Sets or gets the Polycom Global Management System city information Syntax gmscity get gmscity set city Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the Global Management System city name when followed by the city parameter To erase the current setting omit city city Character string specifying the city Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example San Antonio Feedback Examples e gmscity get returns gmscity lt empty gt e gmscity set Paris returns gmscity Paris e gmscity get returns gmscity Paris 4 154 Polycom Inc System Commands gmscontactemail Sets or gets the Global Management System contact email information Syntax gmscontactemail get gmscontactemail set email Parameter Description get Returns the current contact email address set Sets the Global Management system contact email address when followed by the email parameter To erase the current setting omit email
285. search pattern count gaddrbook letter a z gaddrbook range start_no stop_no gaddrbook refresh Parameter Description all Returns all the entries in the global directory batch Returns a batch of 20 global directory entries Requires a batch number which must be an integer in the range 0 59 define Returns a batch of entries in the range defined by start_no to stop_no search Specifies a batch search pattern Specifies a pattern to match for the batch search count Specifies the number of entries to list that match the pattern letter Returns entries beginning with the letter specified from the range a z Requires one or two alphanumeric characters Valid characters are fe pos 0 through 9 a through z range Returns global directory entries numbered start_no through stop_no Requires two integers start no Specifies the beginning of the range of entries to return stop_no Specifies the end of the range of entries to return refresh Gets a more current copy of the global directory Feedback Examples e gaddrbook all returns gaddrbook 0 Polycom HDX Demo 1 isdn_spd 384 Polycom Inc 4 135 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 136 isdn_num 1 700 5551212 isdn_ext gaddrbook 1 Polycom HDX Demo 2 h323_spd 384 h323_num 192 168 1 101 h323_ext 7878 gaddrbook 2 Polycom HDX Demo 3 sip_spd 38
286. sed typically a 6 header and footer with 3 5 verticals attached in an alternating pattern one toward the outside of the footer the next toward the inside and so on Fiberglass dense batting or mineral rock wool 4 to 6 thick the equivalent of R 11 to R 13 should be placed in the wall space The thickness of the batting is not critical The critical aspect is that it must be loosely placed in the wall space not compacted to fit The resultant wall will have excellent acoustic isolation from the outside world More significant acoustic isolation can be achieved by placing an additional barrier layer within the wall space Typically this barrier will be made of a dense polymer material about 1 8 thick and the improvement regarding loss of sound transmitted through the wall will be roughly a factor of 10 These materials are available from a variety of manufacturers Windows usually present the equivalent of an acoustic nightmare as well as altering the way a camera renders colors and brightness They not only transmit room sound but also allow unwanted outside noise to intrude on the conference space In the event that windows cannot be avoided it becomes essential that window treatment of some sort be used This treatment should match the interior look and feel of the space while providing a high level of sound and light block Typically a heavyweight drape 24 ounces or more of heavy fullness not less than 6 fullness on n
287. ses the system to restart Feedback Examples e monitorl 4 3 returns monitorl 4 3 e monitorl 16 9 returns monitorl 16 9 e monitorl get returns monitorl 16 9 See Also See the configdisplay command on page 4 77 Polycom Inc System Commands monitor screensaveroutput Sets or gets whether to send either black video or No Signal to Monitor 1 when the screen saver activates Syntax monitorlscreensaveroutput lt get black no_signal gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting black Sends black video to Monitor 1 when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates no_signal Sends no signal to Monitor 1 when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates Feedback Examples e monitorlscreensaveroutput black returns monitorlscreensaveroutput black e monitorlscreensaveroutput no_signal returns monitor1screensaveroutput no_signal e monitorlscreensaveroutput get returns monitor1lscreensaveroutput no_signal See Also See the monitor2screensaveroutput command on page 4 222 Polycom Inc 4 219 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems monitor2 deprecated Sets or gets the aspect ratio for Monitor 2 With the implementation of the configdisplay command on page 4 77 this command has been deprecated Syntax monitor2 off monitor2 lt get 4 3 16 9 gt monitor2 vga Parameter Description
288. smaller than 25 x40 There usually is a main or local people camera positioned on top center of the display so that it can see the participants and anything necessary at the sides of the room using pan and tilt features If individual presentations may be made from the side or front of audience area of the room an additional camera should be located at the back of the room also mounted to allow a view of the presenters when necessary Some cameras contain an active camera pointing system that also can be used effectively given proper care in the mounting of the camera assembly The area immediately surrounding the camera assembly needs to be acoustically dead to ensure that the voice tracking and pointing algorithms work correctly This is another reason to pay close attention to the acoustic environment and acoustic treatment of any space intended for use with this type of camera system If local presentation is blended with VC for any events we must consider the needs of the presenter who will not be facing the local image or inbound image displays used by the main body of the local audience One or two monitors and a camera should be mounted at the back of the audience end of the room with the horizontal centerline at approximately 5 from the floor for ease of presentation interaction between the presenter and the group s at the farend s Remember that with the exception of PC based infor
289. source far Sets the VCR to record the far site video source auto Sets the VCR to automatically record the current speaker in a point to point call content Sets the VCR to record content when presented content or near Sets the VCR to record near site video or content when presented content or far Sets the VCR to record far site video or content when presented content or auto Sets the VCR to record the current speaker or content when presented none Sets the VCR to record nothing Feedback Examples e vcrrecordsource near returns vcrrecordsource near e vcrrecordsource content or auto returns vcrrecordsource content or auto e vcrrecordsource get returns vcrrecordsource content or auto Polycom Inc 4 331 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems version 4 332 Returns the current system s version information Syntax version Feedback Examples e version returns version release 2 5 30Nov2008 11 30 Polycom Inc vgaqualitypreference System Commands Sets or gets the bandwidth split for people and content video Syntax vgaqualitypreference get vgaqualitypreference lt content people both gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting content Sets the VGA quality preference to content video people Sets the VGA quality preference to people video both Sets the
290. specific user interface screen Description Returns the name of the current user interface screen if not followed by other parameters Registers for user interface screen changes In register mode the name of every screen accessed is listed Returns the registration state for screen change events when followed by the get parameter Unregisters from user interface screen changes Changes the user interface to display the specified screen The supported screens depend on the system configuration To determine the name to use for a specific screen navigate to that screen in the user interface and send the screen command if the Admin Settings screen is currently displayed in the user interface and displays the Monitors screen in the user interface screen Syntax screen screen register get screen register unregister screen screen_name Parameter screen register get unregister screen_name Feedback Examples e screen returns screen adminsettings e screen register returns screen registered e screen monitors returns screen monitors 4 280 Polycom Inc screencontrol Polycom Inc Disables or enables navigation to specified user interface screens of the system Syntax System Commands screencontrol enable lt al1 none screen_name gt screencontrol disable lt all none screen_name gt Parameter Description enable Enables navigation to th
291. speed valid speed Valid speeds are 56 64 2x56 112 2x64 128 168 192 224 256 280 320 336 384 392 7x64 8x56 504 512 560 576 616 640 672 704 728 768 784 832 840 16x56 14x64 952 960 1008 1024 1064 1088 1120 1152 1176 1216 1232 1280 1288 24x56 21x64 1400 1408 1456 1472 1512 1536 1568 1600 1624 1664 1680 1728 1736 32x56 28x64 1848 1856 1904 and 1920 kbps set Sets the gateway prefix when followed by the value parameter To erase the current setting omit value value Prefix code used for a particular call speed Consult your gateway instruction manual to determine which codes are appropriate Feedback Examples e gatewayprefix set 168 90 returns gatewayprefix 168 90 e gatewayprefix get 168 returns gatewayprefix 168 90 Comments Some gateways require a number to be prepended prefix to the gateway number The prefix identifies which gateway is used to dial a call at a particular data rate Polycom Inc gatewaysetup Polycom Inc System Commands Lists all available speeds and values at once Syntax gatewaysetup Feedback Examples e gatewaysetup returns 56 lt empty gt 64 14 2x56 222 112 444 2x64 lt empty gt and so on lt empty gt 16 333 555 lt empty gt 4 145 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gatewaysuffix 4 146 Sets or gets the gateway suffix
292. splay the system address in the global directory public Displays the system address in the global directory Feedback Examples e addressdisplayedingab private returns addressdisplayedingab private e addressdisplayedingab public returns addressdisplayedingab public e addressdisplayedingab get returns addressdisplayedingab public 4 14 Polycom Inc advnetstats Polycom Inc System Commands Gets advanced network statistics for a call connection Syntax advnetstats 0 n Parameter Description 0 n Specifies a connection in a multipoint call where n is the maximum number of connections supported by the system 0 is call 1 1 is call 2 2 is call 3 and so on Select a number from this range to specify a remote site call for which you want to obtain advanced network statistics Omit this parameter when retrieving statistics for a point to point call Feedback Examples advnetstats 1 returns call 1 tar 24k rar 24k tvr 64 3k rvr 104k tvru 63 8k rvru 114 6k tvfr 15 0 rvfr 15 0 vfe tapl 66 rapl 0 taj 46mS raj 40mS tvp1 122 rvp1 0 tvj 21mS rvj 60mS dc rsid Polycom_4 2 ccaps E9P Returned parameters are tar Transmit audio rate rar Receive audio rate tvr Transmit video rate rvr Receive video rate tvru Transmit video rate used rvru Receive video rate used tvfr Transmit video frame rate rvfr Receive video frame rate vfe Video FEC errors tapl Transmit audio packet loss H
293. stem to determine what type XML or CSV of data is being imported 4 125 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 126 exportdirectory done as the last line of returned data indicates that all directory data has been exported Do not use exportdirectory to interpret the data that is returned Simply store and use the data as input to the importdi rectory command or import directory utility in the web interface The format of the exported directory data might change in future software releases and any application attempting to interpret the data could find its ability to do so compromised in later releases of Polycom HDX software Additional Usage Notes e Polycom HDX systems running software version 2 6 or later can import directory data exported from systems running 2 6 and earlier versions e Polycom HDX systems running software versions earlier than 2 6 cannot import directory data exported by systems running software version 2 6 or later See Also importdirectory command on page 4 180 Polycom Inc farcontrolnearcamera Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets far control of the near camera which allows far sites to control the camera on your system Syntax farcontrolnearcamera lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Allows the far site to control the near camera if the far site has this capability no Disables far control
294. switch att5ess Comments If more than one switch protocol is supported you must find out from your telephone service provider which protocol to select NET5 CTR4 is the default Itis the standard ETSI protocol derived from ITU Q 931 If you change the country settings a new set of PRI switch protocols is loaded 4 263 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems reboot Restarts the system Syntax reboot y now n Parameter Description y Reboots the system without prompting you now Reboots the system without prompting you n Does not reboot the system Feedback Examples e reboot y does not prompt the user to confirm and reboots the system with no other feedback returned e reboot now does not prompt the user to confirm and reboots the system with no other feedback returned e reboot n does not reboot the system and returns enter reboot y or reboot now to initiate system reboot Comments The preferred format is reboot now 4 264 Polycom Inc recentcalls Polycom Inc Returns the list of recent calls Syntax recentcalls Feedback Examples e recentcalls returns Polycom HDX Demo 30 Nov 2008 14 39 56 Out 192 168 1 101 192 168 1 102 192 168 1 103 John Polycom 192 168 1 104 192 168 1 105 192 168 1 106 Mary Polycom 30 Nov 2008 14 40 07 Out 30 Nov 2008 14 40 35 Out 30 Nov 2008 20 27 33 Out HDX 9004 30 Nov 2008 02 13 23 In 30 Nov 2008 02 20 08 I
295. system first attempts H 323 and if that fails rolls over to H 320 Deprecated Instead of this commana Polycom recommends using dial manual and not specifying a call type speed Valid data rate for the network dialstr dialstr1 Valid ISDN or IP directory number dialstr2 manual Dials a video call number dialstr1 at speed of type h323 or h320 Requires the parameters speed and dialstr1 Use dial manual speed dialstr type when you do not want automatic call rollover or when the dialstring might not convey the intended transport for example an extension with an IP gateway might look like an ISDN number but in fact corresponds to an IP address 56 64 Specifies speed for two channel calls 4 92 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands Parameter Description h323 h320 ip isdn sip Type of call Note The parameters ip and isdn are deprecated phone Dials an analog phone number dialstring Numeric string specifying the phone number to dial Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example 512 555 1212 Feedback Examples dial manual 64 5551212 h320 returns dialing manual If registered for callstate notifications callstate register the API returns cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 5551212 state ALLOCATED cs cal1 44 chan 0 dialstr 5551212 state RINGING cs cal1 44 chan
296. t returns calendaruser jpolycom See Also See the calendarserver command on page 4 56 to configure the Microsoft Exchange server address used by this service 4 58 Polycom Inc calldetail Polycom Inc System Commands Displays all call detail records a specific call detail record or the call detail range Syntax calldetail lt Nth_item al1 gt calldetail range Parameter Description Nth_item Displays the Nth call detail record all Displays all call detail records range Displays the range of records in the call detail report Feedback Examples calldetail 1 returns 1 02 Nov 2008 16 34 34 02 Nov 2008 16 34 34 0 00 00 Pol ycom HDX Demo 192 168 1 101 h323 384Kbps Polycom HDX 9004 2 5 Out 2 1 terminal 192 168 1 101 Siren22 Sir en22 H 264 H 264 4SIF The call has ended Local user initiated hangup 16 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 calldetail range returns 1 229 4 59 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems calldetailreport Sets or gets whether to generate a report of all calls made with the system Syntax calldetailreport lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Turns on call detail reporting no Turns off call detail reporting Feedback Examples e calldetailreport yes returns calldetailreport yes e calldetailrepor
297. t no returns calldetailreport no e calldetailreport get returns calldetailreport no Comments calldetail no disables both the Call Detail Report and Recent Calls features 4 60 Polycom Inc System Commands callencryption deprecated Sets or gets the call encryption mode You cannot use this command while a call is in progress With the implementation of the encryption command on page 4 123 this command has been deprecated Syntax callencryption lt get whenavai lable disabled gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting whenavai lable Use encryption when the far site is capable of encryption disabled Disables call encryption Note This parameter is called Off in the user interface Feedback Examples e callencryption disabled returns callencryption disabled e callencryption whenavai lable returns callencryption whenavailable e callencryption get returns callencryption whenavailable Comments The Encryption options are only visible on the user interface if an encryption key has been entered Polycom Inc 4 61 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems callinfo Returns information about the current call If you are in a multipoint call this command returns one line for each site in the call Syntax callinfo all callinfo callid callid Parameter Description all Returns information about each connection in the cal
298. tance calculations may eliminate ceiling placement from consideration for this reason alone In addition the ceiling surface generally is one of the noisiest areas of the room Proximity to HVAC ducts and vents attachment of tiles and runners to building members that are prone to vibration and shaking and proximity to noise from other spaces migrating through the plenum make this area one of the least desirable for placement of microphones This doesn t however keep people from looking at this broad open surface as the best place for microphones to get them off the table If ceiling placement is chosen the system planner must select the components with great care from a manufacturer that specializes in this type of audio voice reinforcement The manufacturer must be skilled in live audio and capable of installing the components that is being both able and willing to locate microphones at precisely measured distances from speakers and locating those speakers at precisely measured intervals from each other and from the walls to extremely tight tolerances The system provider must fully inform the endusers of the potential downside effects of this approach In any event simply mounting a standard tabletop microphone on the ceiling tiles or implementing this solution in an ambient noise environment of 45dBA SPL or greater will all but guarantee costly failure No amount of post microphone processing will fix the problems Integrator s Re
299. ter Description ohone num Phone number at which the user of this system will be contacted To obtain rapid assistance include the area code with the phone number Enclose the string in quotation marks if it includes spaces Example 408 555 2323 Feedback Examples e techsupport 408 555 2323 returns techsupport will contact you at 408 555 2323 Comments The Support icon is visible only when the system is registered with the Polycom Global Management System 4 305 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems teleareacode 4 306 Sets or gets the system s area code Syntax teleareacode get teleareacode set telephone_area_code Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the system s area code when followed by the telephone_area_code parameter To erase the current setting omit the telephone_area_code parameter telephone_area_code System s area code Feedback Examples e teleareacode set returns teleareacode lt empty gt e teleareacode set 408 returns teleareacode 408 e teleareacode get returns teleareacode 408 Polycom Inc System Commands telenumber Sets or gets the system s telephone number Syntax telenumber get telenumber set telephone_number Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the telephone number when followed by the
300. teraction that go beyond traditional presentation environments As a rule we should allow not less than 30 square feet and generally not more than 45 square feet of floor space per participant in a videoconference space Though two to three times what we are used to allowing this amount ensures that local participants will see one another and the display of local and remote electronic images It also ensures that participants at the far end will see and hear everyone arriving at their location via the connection and that all will see and hear at a level of quality that does not detract and in the best deployment even enhances the communications Having determined the required size of the space we can move on to the actual renovation or construction of the space itself Again the requirements here are generally less forgiving than those applied in local only meeting spaces In the most basic sense this is because by sheer definition at least some of the participants in a conference based meeting are not actually in the room As such we cannot count on the typical human mechanisms the human ears and brain and our ability to locate sound in three dimensional space to manage any acoustic anomalies If we are for example in a room that is adjacent to a double door entry to the building then knowing this we can take the inevitable doorway noise into account as we filter the sounds we hear both inside the meeting room and coming from that adjace
301. th Are you sure you want to delete this entry no When deleting an entry from the directory address book the user is not prompted with a message Feedback Examples e confirmdirdel no returns confirmdirdel no e confirmdirdel yes returns confirmdirdel yes e confirmdirdel get returns confirmdirdel yes Polycom Inc contentauto Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the automatic bandwidth adjustment for people and content in point to point H 323 calls Automatic adjustment maintains equal image quality in the two streams Syntax contentauto lt get on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting on Enables automatic bandwidth adjustment for people and content off Disables automatic bandwidth adjustment for people and content The system Quality Preference settings is used instead Feedback Examples e contentauto off returns contentauto off e contentauto on returns contentauto on e contentauto get returns contentauto on 4 83 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems contentsplash 4 84 Enables or disables the splash screen display on content monitors Syntax contentsplash lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Turns on the content splash screen no Turns off the content splash screen Feedback Examples e contentsplash get returns contentsplash yes e
302. the Content button signal to the user interface hangup Sends the Hang Up button signal to the user interface help Sends the Help button signal to the user interface home Sends the Home button signal to the user interface info Sends the Info button signal to the user interface Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Commands Parameter Description keyboard Brings up the on screen keyboard if the cursor is on a text field left Sends the left arrow button signal to the user interface lowbattery Simulates a low battery alert for the remote control menu Sends the Menu button signal to legacy systems Deprecated Polycom recommends using back instead of this button mms top Stops the video stream on the RSS 2000 mmp lay Plays the video stream on the RSS 2000 mmpause Pauses the video stream on the RSS 2000 mmrecord Records the video stream on the RSS 2000 mmforward Fast forwards the video stream on the RSS 2000 mmrewind Rewinds the video stream on the RSS 2000 mute Sends the Mute button signal to the user interface causing a toggle of mute state near Sends the Near button signal to the user interface option Sends the Option button signal to the user interface period Types a period dot if the cursor is on a text field pickedup Sends a signal indicating that the remote control has been picked up pip Sends the Display button sig
303. the first site connected If no call is specified netstats returns information about the near site Feedback Examples e netstats 2 returns call 1 txrate 128 K rxrate 128 K pktloss 0 pktloss 0 0 tvp H 263 rvp H 263 tvf CIF rcp H 323 where rvp CIF tap G 722 1 rap G 722 1 tcp H 323 txrate transmit clock rate rxrate receive clock rate pktloss number of packet loss errors pktloss percentage of packet loss errors tvp transmit video protocol rvp receive video protocol tvf transmit video format rvf receive video format tap transmit audio protocol rap receive audio protocol tcp transmit comm protocol rcp receive comm protocol 4 232 Polycom Inc nonotify Polycom Inc System Commands Unregisters the API client to receive status notifications Syntax nonotify lt callstatus captions linestatus mutestatus screenchanges gt nonotify lt sysstatus sysalerts vidsourcechanges gt Parameter Description calendarmeetings Stops the system from receiving meeting reminders callstatus Stops the system from receiving changes in call status such as a connection or disconnection captions Stops the system from capturing closed captions as they appear on the screen linestatus Stops the system from receiving line status notifications mutestatus Stops the system from receiving changes in audio mute status screenchanges Stops the system from receiving notification when a user interface s
304. the phone command on page 4 247 to flash an analog phone line 4 129 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gabk deprecated Returns global directory address book entries This command has been deprecated Polycom recommends using the gaddrbook command on page 4 136 command on page gaddrbook command on page 4 136 Syntax gabk all gabk batch 0 59 gabk batch define start_no stop_no gabk batch search pattern count gabk letter a z gabk range start_no stop_no gabk refresh Parameter Description all Returns all entries in the global directory batch Returns a batch of 20 global directory entries Requires a batch number which must be an integer in the range 0 59 define Returns a batch of entries in the range defined by start_no to stop_no Polycom recommends using gabk range instead of this command start_no Specifies the beginning of the range of entries to return stop_no Specifies the end of the range of entries to return search Specifies a batch search pattern Specifies pattern to match for the batch search count Specifies the number of entries to list that match the pattern letter Returns entries beginning with the letter specified from the range a z Requires one or two alphanumeric characters Valid characters are _ 0 through 9 a through z range Returns global directory entries
305. the view of one of the camera presets to prevent the perception from the far end that people could come into their meeting unseen Doorways should not however be in constant direct view of the camera system as this may cause unwanted distractions and movement of people in the picture field Any tables within the conference environment should have a light top surface Glossy tops should be avoided as should strong colors or any bold wood grain If glossy or saturated color surfaces are unavoidable then proper lighting can help reduce but not necessarily eliminate their ill effects The best table surface color is a flat satin finish in neutral gray In cases where the worst possible surfaces are present the proper surface color effect can be achieved by using a table covering put in place only when the room is being used for videoconferencing This will however create problems related to the use of access ports in the tables or movement of end user items across the surface Additional general elements related to the interior finish details for the space include acoustics In terms of ambient noise level the acoustic design goal for any conference enabled room is at least NC 30 NoiseCriteria 30 This level of specification dictates a very quiet space somewhere around 40 dBCSPL Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Room Lighting ambient noise level A room built to the description found elsewhere in this section
306. tically sets it to Admin hostname Character string specifying the LAN host name of the system The LAN host name follows these format rules Starts with a letter A a to Z z It is not case sensitive Ends with a letter A a to Z z or a number 0 to 9 May include letters numbers and a hyphen May not be longer than 63 characters Note The LAN host name is initialized during the out of box setup sequence The LAN host name is the same as the system name if the system name conforms to the rules above If the system name does not conform to these rules the invalid characters are removed from the system name If the resulting string is empty the default LAN host name is Admin Feedback Examples e hostname set returns hostname ADMIN restart system for e hostname set My returns hostname My restart system for e hostname get returns hostname My Polycom Inc changes to take effect restart now lt y n gt changes to take effect restart now lt y n gt 4 177 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Comments A LAN host name is required it cannot be deleted or left blank After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect 4 178 Polycom Inc importdirectory Polycom Inc System Commands Imports a directory in CSV or XML format Syntax importdirectory lt import data line 1 gt lt import data line 2 gt lt import data
307. tipoint button command for access 4 174 multipoint display mode command for setting mute command 4 228 muteautoanswer command 4 229 N natconfig command 4 230 nath323compatible command 4 231 nearloop command 4 232 netstats command 4 233 nonotify command 4 234 notifications line state changes 4 209 notify command 4 235 ntpmode command 4 238 ntpserver command 4 239 null modem adapter 2 56 numberofmonitors command 4 240 numdigitsdid command 4 241 numdigitsext command 4 242 P parameters configuring 4 79 parameters setting multiple 4 79 password command for GDS 4 134 LDAP server 4 204 Index 5 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems remote access 4 318 room 4 318 PathNavigator command for multipoint calls 4 316 pause command 4 246 People Content H 239 command 4 164 phone call command to answer 4 29 phone command 4 247 phone flash command 4 130 phone number command for Global Management System contact 4 158 command for Global Management System technical support 4 306 command for room 4 274 command for system 4 308 pip command 4 248 polling 4 5 Polycom CMA system command for multipoint calls 4 316 Polycom EagleEye 1080 Camera cable 2 33 popupinfo command 4 250 port LDAP server 4 206 port settings command for fixed 4 314 command for LAN 4 198 command for TCP 4 305 command for the system s Web interface 4 345 command for UDP 4 312 POTS cable 2 6 POTS line generating DTMF dialing tones
308. to appear when the selected camera position is changed The PIP window disappears when the camera has finished moving swap Toggles the content of the PIP and the main display between the near site and far site view register Registers the system to give notification when PIP is turned on or off unregister Unregisters the system to give notification when PIP is turned on or off location Places the PIP window in the specified corner of the screen 0 bottom right corner 1 top right corner 2 top left corner 3 bottom left corner get Returns the current location Feedback Examples e pip on returns pip on e pip swap returns pip swapped 4 247 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 248 pip location get returns pip location 1 pip register returns pip registered Polycom Inc popupinfo Polycom Inc System Commands Registers or unregisters the session to receive popup text and button choices text Syntax popupinfo lt get register unregister gt Parameter Description register Registers to receive popup information unregister Unregisters to receive popup information get Returns the current setting Feedback Examples popupinfo register returns popupinfo registered popupinfo unregister returns popupinfo unregistered popupinfo get returns popupinfo unregistered The following examples show notifications that may be re
309. tor s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Characteristic Value Input Impedance Audio Input 3 VCR DVD Differential 20 k 5 Ohms Input Common Mode Rejection Ratio Balanced Inputs Common Mode Amplitude gt 1 dBFS gt 60 dB 20 Hz to 22 kHz Maximum Output Level Balanced Outputs gt 10 k Load 12 dBV 4 0 Vans 1 dB Output Impedance Balanced Outputs 150 5 Ohms Signal to Noise Ratio gt 90 dB A weighted Dynamic Range gt 90 dB Crosstalk and Feed Through lt 90 dB 20 Hz to 22 kHz Frequency Response Balanced Inputs Relative to 997 Hz 0 5 3 dB 20 Hz to 50 Hz 1 dB 50 Hz to 20 kHz 0 5 3 dB 20 kHz to 22 kHz Total Harmonic Distortion Noise vs Frequency 1 dBFS Input Level 20 dBFS Input Level 80 dB 20 Hz to 22 kHz 70 dB 20 Hz to 22 kHz Phantom Power DC Voltage Level Relative to Shield Termination DC Operating Current Fault Current Source Impedance Phantom Power is not supported on Polycom HDX 9006 systems 48 Vo 4 V 10 mA 16 mA 6 8 k 1 DTMF Dialing The Polycom HDX 9000 series systems generate the following tip ring signal levels C 2 Low frequency tone 10 2 dBV 8 0 dBm when AC termination of the line is 600 Ohms High frequency tone 8 2 dBV 6 0 dBm when AC termination of the line is 600 Ohms Remote Control Polycom HDX 9000 Series Specifications The system seizes
310. tor s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems exit Ends the API command session Syntax exit Feedback Examples e exit returns Connection to host lost Comments This command ends a Telnet session For serial sessions this command effectively starts a new session 4 124 Polycom Inc exportdirectory Polycom Inc System Commands Exports a directory in XML format Syntax exportdirectory Feedback Example exportdirectory returns exportdirectory started lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt addresses gt lt entrytype type entry name Polycom Austin USA IP filename Polycom_Austin_USA_IP abk uniqueid Polycom_Austin_USA_TP abk gt lt address filename Polycom_Austin_USA_IP abk langid displayname name Polycom Austin USA IP gt lt h323 address lobby austin polycom com speed 256 gt lt address gt lt entrytype gt lt entrytype type entry name Polycom Hong Kong filename Polycom_Hong_Kong abk uniqueid Polycom_Hong_Kong abk gt lt address filename Polycom_Hong_Kong abk langid displayname name Polycom Hong Kong gt lt isdn country_code 852 area_code 2876 numberA 9466 numberB 9466 speed 2x64 gt lt address gt lt addresses gt lt xml gt exportdirectory done Comments When importing directory data back into the system use the data in its entirety not edited in any form There is information that is used by the sy
311. trol button s Notification of button press events is sent to the API client power Enables or disables the Power button on the remote control Feedback Examples e remotecontrol disable all returns remotecontrol disable all success e remotecontrol intercept pip returns remotecontrol intercept pip success Polycom Inc System Commands e remotecontrol disable get returns disabled 1 buttons pip e remotecontrol intercept get returns intercepting 0 buttons e remotecontrol intercept all returns remotecontrol intercept all success The following is an example of a notification that may be returned after sending the intercept command e notification buttonintercept ir notification buttonintercept ir notification buttonintercept home ir Comments Remote control disable commands do not persist across the power cycle Polycom Inc 4 269 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems remotemonenable Gets the state of remote room and call monitoring Syntax remotemonenable lt get gt Feedback Examples e remotemonenable get returns remotemonenable on e remotemonenable get returns remotemonenable off 4 270 Polycom Inc System Commands requireaccinumtodial Enables or disables the Require Account Number to Dial option Itis used to log calls to a specific account so that they can be tracked and billed to the appropriate departments Syntax requireacctnumtodial lt g
312. ts the V 35 dialing prefix It assumes that a profile has already been selected Syntax v35prefix get valid speed v35prefix set valid speed value Parameter Description get Returns the current setting for valid speed set Sets the V 35 RS 449 RS 530 prefix when followed by a value parameter To erase the current setting omit the value parameter valid speed Valid speeds are 56 64 2x56 112 2x64 128 168 192 224 256 280 320 336 384 392 7x64 504 512 560 576 616 640 672 704 728 768 784 832 840 14x64 952 960 1008 1024 1064 1088 1120 1152 1176 1216 1232 1280 1288 21x64 1400 1408 1456 1472 1512 1536 1568 1600 1624 1664 1680 1728 28x64 1856 1920 all The parameter all lists all the available speeds and their associated dialing prefixes value V 35 RS 449 RS 530 prefix which is a function of your DCE Consult the DCE user guide for information Feedback Examples e v35prefix set 56 returns v35prefix 56 lt empty gt e v35prefix set 112 005 returns v35prefix 112 005 and associates the dialing prefix 005 with the speed 112 e v35prefix get 112 returns v35prefix 112 005 See Also See the v35profile command on page 4 325 4 323 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems v35profile Sets or gets a V 35 profile associated with dialing th
313. turned after registering to receive popup text and button choices text popupinfo question Sorry Cannot dial number because you are already in a call with the site popupinfo choiced Ok is returned if a call fails popupinfo question Save Changes popupinfo choice0 Yes popupinfo choicel No popupinfo answered Yes is returned if the user edits the password field 4 249 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems preset 4 250 Sets the presets or goes moves to the presets for the near or far camera source Also registers or unregisters the API session to give notification when the user sets or goes to presets Syntax preset lt register unregister gt preset register get preset far lt go set gt lt 0 15 gt preset near lt go set gt lt 0 99 gt Parameter Description register Registers the system to give notification when the user or far site sets or goes to a preset Returns the current preset registration state when followed by the get parameter unregister Disables register mode far Specifies the far camera Requires a set or go parameter and a preset identifier go Moves the camera to a camera preset Requires a preset parameter set Sets a camera preset Requires a preset parameter 0 15 0 99 Camera preset identifier Must be an integer in the range 0 15 for a far site camera or 0 99 for a near site camera near Specifi
314. u must consult with the telephone company service provider to determine whether a call by call value is required for a particular PRI line For most cases the default value of 0 is correct Always use the value 0 when connected to a PBX A non zero value should not be required in Europe Values greater than 31 are reserved for internal use and must not be used Polycom Inc prichannel Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the PRI channels that will be active for the PRI line This command is only applicable if you have a PRI network interface connected to your system Syntax prichannel get all prichannel get 1 n prichannel set all prichannel set 1 n lt on off gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting Requires a parameter from lt all 1 n gt all Selects all PRI channels and returns all channels and settings similar to briallenable 1 n Range of available PRI channels For PRI T1 the range is 1 23 For PRI El the range is 1 30 set Sets the PRI channels to be active when followed by a parameter from lt all1 1 n gt and from lt on off gt on Activates the selected PRI channels off Disables the selected PRI channels Feedback Examples e prichannel 1 set on returns prichannel 1 on e prichannel set 23 off returns prichannel 23 off e prichannel get 23 returns prichannel 23 off Important PRI Channel Information Outgoing C
315. ualstream e h331dualstream returns h331dualstream e h331dualstream returns h331dualstream Comments on on off off get off This value cannot be changed during a call Polycom Inc System Commands h33 1framerate Sets or gets the frame rate sent during H 331 calls This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax h331framerate lt get 30 15 10 7 5 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 30 15 10 7 5 Sets the frame rate to this value for H 331 calls Feedback Examples e h331framerate 15 returns h331framerate 15 e h331framerate 30 returns h331framerate 30 e h331framerate get returns h331framerate 30 Comments This value cannot be changed during a call Polycom Inc 4 167 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems h33 1videoformat Sets or gets the video format for H 331 calls This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system 4 168 Syntax h331videoformat lt get fcif gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting fcif Sets the video format to FCIF for H 331 calls Feedback Examples e h331videoformat fcif returns h331videoformat fcif e h331videoformat get returns h331videoformat fcif Polycom Inc System Commands h33 1 videoprotocol Sets or gets the H 331 video protocol sent
316. um set 1b1 7005551212 returns spidnum 1b1 7005551212 Comments SPIDs generally apply only in the United States and Canada If you are behind an internal phone system PBX SPIDs may not be required Polycom Inc 4 299 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems st 4 300 Sets or gets the st serial interface control signal send timing clock setting This command is only applicable if you have a V 35 network interface connected to your system Syntax st lt get normal inverted gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting normal Sets the signal to normal falling edge sends data inverted Sets the signal to inverted rising edge sends data Feedback Examples e st normal returns st normal e st inverted returns st inverted e st get returns st inverted Comments The default setting is normal Polycom Inc System Commands subnetmask Sets or gets the subnet mask of the system Syntax subnetmask get subnetmask set Xxxx XXX XXX XXX Parameter Description get Returns the current subnet mask set Sets the subnet mask of the system when followed by the Xxx XXX XXX XXX parameter To erase the current setting omit XXX xXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX Subnet mask of the system Feedback Examples e subnetmask set 255 255 255 0 returns subnetmask 255 255 255 0 e subnetmask get retur
317. und For RS530 connect pins 1 and 3 of 68 pin connector to ground Gnd pins are 2 4 35 60 El a SPIRAL SHIELD Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems V 35 NIC Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to Ascend network equipment It bo Y is used with the V 35 RS 449 RS 530 serial adapter on page V 35 RS 449 RS 530 Serial Adapter on page 2 7 to connect to network equipment that has the HD 44 pin interface It has HD 44 M connectors on both ends and is used with Polycom HDX systems that have a serial network interface card NIC installed Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 5 ft 1 65 m 2457 10608 200 Yes Male Pin DIAA RAL pay Over Hold Black Male Pin Enlarged View 9 B uuuuuuuu 20000000000000 pocoocooanocoVnooa AO le 13 la 1 w6 7 ei er 23 ERE e horhebbkikbsphbgpESSbkEEh tSp Ki 38 DB 44 MALE Entarged View A A 00000000000000 Boooocoo0o000co08 0000000006000000 Drawings
318. urrent remote access password yes Allows Polycom HDX video to be viewed via the web interface no Disables Polycom HDX video from being viewed via the web interface Feedback Examples e webmonitoring 1234 yes returns webmonitoring yes e webmonitoring 1234 no returns webmonitoring no Comments The webmoni toring setting can be controlled by a provisioning server For this reason provisioned systems do not allow modification to the webmoni toring setting webmonitoring has no get operation Use the remotemonenable command on page 4 271 instead If the system has no remote access password enter a pair of single quotes to denote an empty password 4 343 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems webport 4 344 Sets or gets the port to use when accessing the system using the web interface Syntax webport get webport set port Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the web access port to port Feedback Examples e webport set 80 returns webaccessport 80 e webport get returns webaccessport 80 Comments If you change this from the default port 80 you will need to include the port number with the IP address when you use the web interface to access the system This makes unauthorized access more difficult After making a change you must restart the system for the setting to take effect Polyco
319. ve multiple API registration responses if you are registered for multiple notifications that are affected by the API command you are currently sending For example after your system has already been registered to receive camera notifications the notify vidsourcechanges API command enables these notifications the following responses are returned when you change the camera source using the camera near 1 API command e camera near 1 lt CR gt API command returns camera near 1 lt LF gt lt CR gt API echo camera near 1 lt CR gt lt LF gt API acknowledgement notification vidsourcechange near 1 Main people lt CR gt lt LF gt API registration response When your system is registered for notifications always use the API registration response lt CR gt lt LF gt which indicates that the command was sent accepted and processed Never use the API echo lt LF gt lt CR gt which only indicates that you sent an API command but does not indicate whether the API command you sent was actually processed For example you receive an API echo even if you send an invalid API command In this case the API echo responds by echoing the invalid API command that you attempted to send End Of Line EOL Characters When Connected To The API Using A LAN Connection In software versions prior to 2 5 0 6 the EOL characters for the echo responses on a system connected to the LAN and using a Telnet session were as follows camera near 2 lt CR gt API comma
320. ve response The time required to receive the response and thus the time between commands may be longer than 200 milliseconds The response length which can vary in size determines the time required to receive the response Examples of these commands include the commands for retrieving the local address book addrbook all the global address book gaddrbook all the list of system settings displayparams and system session information whoami When developing your program always allow enough time for the response to the requested command to complete before sending another command Do not send any commands while an incoming or outgoing call is being established The API provides feedback status in two ways registrations or polling It is only required that you send registration and notification API commands once because the registrations become written into Flash memory and are retained even upon restarting the system 4 5 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems e Polycom recommends putting registrations in the initialization or startup of Crestron and AMX systems e Registrations are recommended over polling since they will provide status updates without having to query for changes e Never poll for registrations e Registrations are specific to the port from which they are registered If you register for notifications from com port 1 registration will not be sent to com port 2 or Telnet port 24 4 6
321. vided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Polycom Contact your Polycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems RS 530 with RS 366 Serial Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system to third party network equipment It is used with the V 35 RS 449 RS 530 serial adapter on page V 35 RS 449 RS 530 Serial Adapter on page 2 7 to connect to network equipment that has an RS 530 RS 366 interface It is HD 68M to Y DB 25M and is used with Polycom HDX systems that have a serial network interface card NIC installed Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 5 ft 1 65 m 2457 21263 200 Yes Male Pin Enlarged View A A Male Pin Enlarged eee PIN 68 Male Pin PIN 1 al Link V 35 HD 68 Pinout Tetes eaer from V 35 module DTE lss pn Sanal Name Sal ype roma Function RS530 DB25 RS366 DB25 a 12 Receive Data A Differential V 35 R5449 R5530 Co fending ores e vaaan 10 Send Timing A Differential V 35 RS449 RS530 E Hee aol A 35 RS449 RS530 12 Data Set Ready DSR Single Ended V 35 Larose Ferns nex OTR page Ent Ju y33 27_ Data Terminal Ready DTR Single Ende
322. w the Polycom system recognizes the server address Specifies the IP address or the DNS name of an LDAP server The DNS name requires alphanumeric characters Valid characters include 0 through 9 a through z A through Z Note The character cannot be used as the first or last character in the DNS name Feedback Examples e Idapserveraddress get returns Idapserveraddress hardware domain polycom com e ldapserveraddress set software domain polycom com returns Idapserveraddress software domain polycom com Polycom Inc System Commands Idapserverport Sets or gets the port number of an LDAP server Syntax Idapserverport get ldapserverport set port number Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the port number of an LDAP server To erase the current setting omit the port number parameter Note This parameter does not change the setting on the server Instead this parameter changes how the Polycom system recognizes the server port number Specifies the port number of an LDAP server The default setting is 389 Feedback Examples e Idapserverport get returns Idapserverport 389 e Idapserverport set 636 returns Idapserverport 636 Polycom Inc 4 205 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems Idapsslenabled 4 206 Sets or gets the Secure Sockets Layer SSL Transport Layer Security TLS encryption state for LDAP ope
323. wA4wi cbt r3UEZArAKAkO9LtAAACZpKWAA De7hJ 1eQIOS7j2mzZRIXkLKAAADI G8AAAQ Product Planning 10 Comments The notify callstatus command registers the current API session for call status notifications The API client receives call status notifications as a call progresses Registration for status notifications is session specific For example registering for alerts in a Telnet session does not return alerts in a simultaneous RS 232 session with the same system The notify captions command registers the current API session to receive notifications as closed captions are displayed If closed captions are dropped for some reason no notification is received This command is typically used for capturing captions being displayed for archival purpose Duplicate registrations produce another success response The notify setting remains in effect even if you restart the system or update the software with system settings saved See Also See also the nonotify command on page 4 234 and the callinfo command on page 4 63 Polycom Inc ntpmode Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the mode of the system s Network Time Protocol NTP server NTP server time is used to ensure synchronized time data in the local Call Detail Report Syntax ntpmode lt get auto off manual gt Parameter Description get Returns the current time server mode auto Automatically selects an NTP server from the Internet of
324. wa aha eee ha Wah eet ae Oh ecaete eRe 4 90 default ie way sou is Gah ee ee Sk Ree pica 4 91 CNG Pcs ERA A IE i ee ee 4 92 Mid ti in 4 93 dialchannels lt 3 3 fats tiie aes aa gs 4 96 dialingdisplaye cs sna il sabi Heese y AR see baa 4 97 diffservaudio diffservfecc diffservvideo 0 e eee eee 4 98 directory RR 4 99 display deprecated 0 eee eee ee 4 100 displayglobaladdresses 0 eee 4 102 display sraphics it ody A A Cae Bee e 4 103 displayiPext cosy clive Why ae A otras E AE EATE 4 104 displayipisdninfo deprecated 0 eee eee 4 105 display PALAOS HA AS A Mein ane ER 4 106 ONS id oe AL pein tance aan al ia cie cas 4 108 OSE es isos Bi oot sti A A doe ued kale 4 109 ASKANS O eevee hho nes 4 110 Cth cases Sie sees athe Be Sus eu nin OC ON Br NURS o 4 111 AU MONO ct enna titi pede ee 4 112 dynamicbandwidth 0 eee eee 4 113 COS eXtes cti a SSG SAE tao eS Sa es eas ales ae eS 4 114 OCHO wat Had Hae eat SA Sedat Dace SE A Ss 4 115 echocancellen tsetse IS pi 4 116 enablefirewalltraversal 0 cece eee ees 4 117 enablekeyboardnoisereduction 00 e ee eee eee 4 118 enablelivemusicmode 0 4 119 enablepvec sit sais Hees Me eas Les BES Le Ot eS 4 120 enablers scapula al en Rl Wl Sa aa ee eee 4 121 CH ADLESTIP a sh ss das vac acy Sd bis 4 122 NEL Y PUL OM ice Sabot eats a AA ded age th ation 4 123 OX eee A eons Webel dees Tae ld 4 125 exportdirectOLry c
325. will usually fall between NC 30 and NC 35 The actual NC value is not critical what is important is that the room be built with the intent and care required to achieve the low noise rating Typically in architectural design a site evaluation and analysis are required to certify the noise performance of a given space The quieter the room the easier it is to hear others in the same room as well as be heard by others who are participating via conference connection to a far end location or locations Almost every conference room of medium to large size larger than 12 x15 requires some level of acoustic treatment to provide good speech rendering to other conference sites The quality differences lie in the areas of intelligibility and consistency of loudness as presented to the far end While the people at the far end may hear the sounds coming to them it may be hard for them clearly to distinguish all of the vowels consonants inflections and nuances of actual human speech communication We all know that it is not simply what you say but how you say it i e the inflections and intonations that makes the difference in perceived meaning in human communications Good audio practice dictates that the treated surfaces be composed of at least two nonparallel walls And as the VCS hardware is a potential source of distracting fan noises the walls to be treated should include the wall immediately behind the VCS hardware whenever this hardwa
326. y tomorrow HH MM tomorrow The times are interpreted to be local times in the time zone the system was configured for info Retrieves meeting details for scheduled meetings when the Polycom HDX system is registered with the calendaring service Returns information such as the location subject and organizer of the meeting meetingid The ID of the meeting for which you want to find details 4 45 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems 4 46 Feedback Examples calendarmeetings list tomorrow returns calendarmeetings list begin meeting AAAaAEFSZXguTWFj RGQUYWxkQHBvbH1 j b20uY29tAVEACT jMne2 ndgARgAAAADr9GIhsS jWEZBcAAKZMph J BwA4wi cbt r3UEZArAKAkO9LtAA ACZpKWAADe7hJ 1 eQIOS7j 2mzRIxkLKAAADI F8BAAA 2010 03 30 08 30 2010 03 30 09 00 Discuss Budget meeting AAAaAEFSZXguTWFjRGQUYWxkQHBvbH1 j b20uY29tAVEACT jMne2 ndgARgAAAADr9G1hsSjWEZBCAAKZMph J BwA4wi cbt r3UEZArAKAkO9LtAA ACZpKWAADe7hJ 1 eQIOS7j 2mzRIxkLKAAAA 9PhAAAQ 2010 03 30 09 00 2010 03 30 09 30 Program Review meeting AAAaAEFSZXguTWFj RGQUYWxkQHBvbH1 j b20uY29tAVEACT jMne2 ndgARgAAAADr9G1hsSjWEZBCAAKZMph J BwA4wi cbt r3UEZArAKAkO9LtAA ACZpKWAABZ29f0U0S5Q6xzZ11 ZDDNnAABFQAQ3AAAQ 2010 03 30 10 00 2010 03 30 11 00 Customer Care Commitment Meeting calendarmeetings list end calendarmeetings list 2010 03 30 08 00 2010 04 01 17 00 returns calendarmeetings list begin meeting AAAaAEFSZXguTWFj RG9UYWxkQHBVvbH1 jb20uY29tA
327. y none returns dialingdisplay none e dialingdisplay displaymarquee returns dialingdisplay displaymarquee See Also The text displayed is specified by the marqueedisplaytext command on page 4 212 4 96 Polycom Inc System Commands diffservaudio diffservfecc diffservvideo Sets or gets the DiffServ option and specifies a priority level for audio far end camera control FECC and other call control channels and video respectively The priority level value for each can be between 0 and 63 Syntax diffservaudio get diffservaudio set 0 63 diffservfecc get diffservfecc set 0 63 diffservvideo get diffservvideo set 0 63 Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the command A priority level in the range 0 63 is required 0 63 Specifies the priority level Feedback Examples e diffservaudio set 2 returns diffservaudio 2 e diffservaudio get returns diffservaudio 2 Comments The diffservfecc command is equivalent to the Control setting in the user interface If the typeofservice command on page 4 311 is set to ip precedence rather than to diffserv these commands are not applicable Polycom Inc 4 97 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems directory 4 98 Sets or gets whether the Directory button appears on the Home screen Syntax directory lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the
328. ycom distributor or Polycom Custom Vertical Products to order cables that meet the appropriate manufacturing tolerances quality and performance parameters for your application 2 22 Polycom Inc Cables Component A V Monitor Cable This cable connects a Polycom HDX system DVI I video output and stereo audio output to a monitor with component video and stereo audio connections It is male DVI A and dual male RCA to five RCA You must use the audio adapter cable on page Audio Adapter Cable on page 2 49 to connect the dual RCA connectors on this component A V monitor cable to the dual Phoenix connectors on the Polycom HDX system Length Part Number RoHS Compliant 9 ft 10 in 3 m 2457 24772 001 Yes 50 0 3000 0 29 9 SCALE 0 500 Pa 2x A a pl PI a re B PS P6 Lie PF 9 0 REF o 17 8 REF aon P8 SECTION 8 8 24173 SCALE 1 000 12 6 REF Jasmi 15 4 REF CONNECTOR OVER MOLD COLOR 2 60 REF S 00 BLACK 1 60 REF SECTION A A SECTION C C ANTONE RED 032 C SCALE 1 000 SCALE 1 000 ANTONE BLUE 072 C ANTONE RED 032 C Pr ez P3 pa PANTONE GREEN 334 C Ps P6 Pr Pe ANTONE RED 032 C MATTE FINISH ON ALL OVER MOLDS Drawings and part numbers are provided for reference only Polycom claims no responsibility or liability for the quality performance or reliability of cables based on these reference drawings other than cables provided by Po
329. yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Displays the System button on the Home screen no Removes the System button from the Home screen Feedback Examples e homesystem returns homesystem e homesystem returns homesystem e homesystem returns homesystem yes yes no no get no 4 175 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems homesystemname 4 176 Sets or gets whether to display the name of the system on the Home screen above the PIP window Syntax homesystemname lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Displays the system name on the Home screen no Removes the system name from the Home screen Feedback Examples homesystemname returns homesystemname homesystemname returns homesystemname homesystemname returns homesystemname yes yes no no get no Polycom Inc hostname System Commands Sets or gets the LAN host name which is assigned to the system for TCP IP configuration and can be used in place of an IP address when dialing IP calls Syntax hostname get hostname set hostname Parameter Description get Returns the current setting set Sets the system s LAN host name when followed by the hostname parameter If hostname is omitted the system automa
330. yipisdninfo returns displayipisdninfo displayipisdninfo returns displayipisdninfo displayipisdninfo returns displayipisdninfo yes both no none ip only ip only get ip only Polycom Inc displayparams Polycom Inc System Commands Outputs a list of system settings Syntax displayparams Feedback Examples displayparams returns systemname Polycom HDX Demo hostname lt empty gt ipaddress 192 168 1 101 version 2 5 serialnum 82065205E72EC1 displaygraphics no vgaresolution 60hz1280x720 vgaphase 32 numberofmonitors 2 monitorl 16 9 monitor2 16 9 vgahorizpos 128 vgavertpos 128 cameradirection normal farcontrolnearcamera yes primarycamera 1 backlightcompensation no telecountrycode lt empty gt teleareacode lt empty gt telenumber lt empty gt roomphonenumber lt empty gt echocancellerred no echocancellerwhite no muteautoanswer yes vcraudioout no vcrrecordsource content or auto redlineinput vcr whitelineinput vcr redlinelevel 5 whitelinelevel 5 lineoutputs monitor lineoutputslevel 5 mpmode auto sleeptime 1 sleeptext lt empty gt rs232 mode camera_ptz 4 105 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems rs232 baud 9600 rs232port1 mode camera_ptz rs232port1 baud 9600 4 106 Polycom Inc dns Polycom Inc System Commands Sets or gets the configuration for up to four DNS servers Syntax dns get 1 4 dns set 1 4 xxx xxx XXX XXX
331. yntax gdsdirectory lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the Polycom GDS directory server no Disables the Polycom GDS directory server This is the default setting Feedback Examples e gdsdirectory get returns gdsdirectory yes e gdsdirectory no returns gdsdirectory no Comments Each Polycom system supports a single global directory server at any given time Therefore enabling the Polycom GDS directory server automatically disables any other global directory server such as the LDAP directory server that is enabled If the Polycom GDS directory server and another directory server are defined on the system the Polycom GDS directory server becomes the default directory server after upgrading the system software Polycom Inc 4 147 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems gendial Generates DTMF dialing tones Syntax gendial lt 0 9 gt Parameter Description 0 9 Generates the DTMF tone corresponding to telephone buttons 0 9 Generates the DTMF tone corresponding to a telephone button x Generates the DTMF tone corresponding to a telephone button Feedback Examples e gendial 2 returns gendial 2 and causes the system to produce the DTMF tone corresponding to a telephone s 2 button 4 148 Polycom Inc gendialtonepots deprecated Polycom Inc
332. ystem Commands Sets or gets the number of digits in the Number Extension Gateway number E 164 dialing Syntax numdigitsext lt get 0 24 gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting 0 24 The number of digits in the gateway number if gatewaynumbertype command on page 4 144 is set to number extension Feedback Examples e numdigitsext 10 returns numdigitsext 10 e numdigitsext get returns numdigitsext 10 Comments The number of digits in that number is that portion of the full Number Extension number that the Gateway will be given from the ISDN service provider as the Called Party Line Identifier This in turn will be passed to the Gatekeeper for address resolution 4 241 Integrator s Reference Manual for Polycom HDX Systems ocsdirectory 4 242 Enable Polycom HDX systems to retrieve and display the Microsoft Office Communications Server contact list and to disable other global directory services Syntax ocsdirectory lt get yes no gt Parameter Description get Returns the current setting yes Enables the Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 directory server no Disables the Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 directory server This is the default setting Feedback Examples e ocsdirectory get returns ocsdirectory yes e ocsdirectory no returns ocsdirectory no Comments Polycom HDX systems must be reg

Polycom DVI-D - HDMI 3m

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents